DCS-Mirror
/
richmahn_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/richmahn/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Merge branch 'master' into justplainjane47-tc-create-1

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-12-07 22:21:31 +00:00
parent c52f62f381 f1937a2393
commit 98b6f6bb4f
32 changed files with 782 additions and 669 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

36
en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

26
en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
View File

@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ NUM 4 49 v91x 0 keeping count of each by the type … He counted each man by t
NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear Alternate translation: “he would have”
NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron.
NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br><br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people.
NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids.
NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ NUM 5 30 in48 figs-idiom 0 when he is jealous of his wife This is an idiom that
NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh”
NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest Alternate translation: “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear Alternate translation: “must endure”
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nazirite vow<br><br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself Alternate translation: “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ NUM 9 21 zn66 0 only when the cloud lifted would they journey on Alternate tra
NUM 9 22 y7i4 figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was taken up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh took up the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 9 23 acm7 figs-abstractnouns 0 at Yahweh’s command The word “command” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 9 23 h49s figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the command that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br><br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh commanded Moses to have someone make the trumpet. He did not make them himself. Alternate translation: “Tell someone to make two silver trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets. Alternate translation: “while you are present”
@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ NUM 10 35 hqm2 figs-metaphor 0 Rise up, Yahweh Here the phrase “rise up” is
NUM 10 35 n947 figs-metaphor 0 Make those who hate you run from you Here Moses speaks about Yahweh causing their enemies to flee from the people of Israel as if they were fleeing from Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Make those who hate you run away from your ark and your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 10 36 a1np figs-personification 0 Whenever the ark stopped Here the ark is spoken of as if were a person traveling. The ark was really being carried by men. Alternate translation: “Whenever the people carrying the ark stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 10 36 s46d figs-explicit 0 many tens of thousands This refers to people. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many tens of thousands of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br><br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 11 1 y6b3 0 Fire from Yahweh burned Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent fire that burned”
NUM 11 3 n5ye figs-activepassive 0 That place was named This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 11 4 tfn7 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites ask this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ NUM 13 32 i1fs figs-metaphor 0 a land that eats up its inhabitants The men spea
NUM 13 33 zz8m translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 33 ckl6 figs-metaphor 0 In our own sight … in their sight Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion … in their opinion” or “In our own judgement … in their judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 13 33 s8xm figs-simile 0 we were like grasshoppers in comparison with them The men speak of grasshoppers to show how very small they thought themselves to be compared to the people of the land. Alternate translation: “we are as small as grasshoppers in comparison with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 14 3 r8f9 figs-rquestion 0 Why did Yahweh bring us to this land to die by the sword? The people use this question in order to complain and accuse Yahweh of treating them unfairly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh should not have brought us to this land only to die by the sword.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 14 3 c2ap figs-metonymy 0 to die by the sword Here “the sword” represents either being killed by the sword or being killed in battle. Alternate translation: “to die when people attack us with swords” or “to die in battle” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 14 3 y89n figs-rquestion 0 Is it not better for us to return to Egypt? The people use this question to encourage people to agree with them that it would be better to return to Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be better for us to return to Egypt than to try to conquer Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ NUM 14 43 wp6t figs-metaphor 0 you turned back from following Yahweh Obeying Ya
NUM 14 43 qj3c figs-metaphor 0 he will not be with you Helping them is spoken of as being with them. Alternate translation: “he will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 14 44 dy4m 0 they presumed to go up into the hill country Alternate translation: “they dared to go up into the hill country even though God did not approve”
NUM 14 44 c73c 0 into the hill country Much of the land of Israel is elevated. When the Israelites crossed the Jordan River valley to attack the Canaanites, there were hills that they had to climb in order to go farther into the land of Canaan.
NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Purifying the people<br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Purifying the people<br><br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 15 1 kit4 0 General Information: Numbers 15:1-32 tells what God told Moses to tell the people of Israel.
NUM 15 3 w63b figs-metaphor 0 to produce a pleasing aroma for Yahweh from the herd or the flock The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning a sacrifice from the herd or the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 4 x238 0 a burnt offering This refers to the offerings spoken of in [Numbers 15:3](../15/03.md).
@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” an
NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא 1 that person shall be cut off Here the phrase **be cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md). Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure”
NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br><br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
NUM 20 1 wu8m translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
NUM 20 1 ht9k translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. The first month is during the last part of March and the first part of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 20 1 r66w figs-activepassive 0 was buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ NUM 21 34 wk2t 0 Do to him as you did to Sihon king of the Amorites The Israel
NUM 21 35 mdc5 0 So they killed him Alternate translation: “So the army of Israel killed Og”
NUM 21 35 b31n figs-activepassive 0 none of his people were left alive If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of his people were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 21 35 w1f2 0 they took over his land Alternate translation: “they took control of his land”
NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
NUM 22 1 vt4u 0 on the other side of the Jordan River from the city The Israelites were camped on the east side of the Jordan River. Jericho was on the west side of the river.
NUM 22 2 a4k1 translate-names 0 Balak son of Zippor Balak was king of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 22 2 hqt3 translate-names 0 Zippor Zippor is the father of Balak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ NUM 22 38 re6i figs-metaphor 0 the words that God puts into my mouth The messag
NUM 22 39 lt48 translate-names 0 Kiriath Huzoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 22 40 e9l3 0 some meat Alternate translation: “some of the meat from the sacrifices”
NUM 22 41 sx5n 0 the high place of Baal This could mean: (1) this refers to the same place as Bamoth in [Numbers 21:19](../21/19.md). The word Bamoth means “the high place,” or (2) this is another high place where people sacrificed to Baal.
NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 23 1 js8j 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
NUM 23 1 yr7z 0 prepare seven bulls and seven rams Alternate translation: “kill seven bulls and seven rams as a sacrifice”
NUM 23 3 s7kv 0 Stand at your burnt offering and I will go Alternate translation: “Stay here with your burnt offering and I will go a distance away”
@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ NUM 26 64 xc7s figs-activepassive 0 when the descendants of Israel were counted
NUM 26 65 zm6j figs-doublenegatives 0 There was not a man left among them, except The word “them” refers to all of the people who were counted in the wilderness of Sinai. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “The only ones who were still alive were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
NUM 26 65 sl65 0 son of Jephunneh Jephunneh was Caleb’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:6](../13/06.md).
NUM 26 65 j2tl 0 son of Nun Nun was Joshua’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 11:28](../11/28.md).
NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br><br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 27 1 r2z7 0 Then to Moses came the daughters of Zelophehad … son of Joseph This tells us the genealogy of Zelophehad. Alternate translation: “Then the daughters of Zelophehad son of Hepher son of Gilead son of Machir son of Manasseh, of the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph came to Moses”
NUM 27 1 xh5x 0 Zelophehad son of Hepher … Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md).
NUM 27 1 f1ul 0 Gilead … Machir See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md).
@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ NUM 28 29 bm0k translate-bvolume עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן 1
NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 28 31 k54h figs-possession 0 their drink offerings This refers to the drink offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the drink offerings that are offered with them” or “the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.
NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.
NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ 1 And in the seventh month, on the first of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “And on day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event. Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh”
@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ NUM 33 52 ua9d 0 demolish all their high places Alternate translation: “dest
NUM 33 54 q2gz figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land The Israelites claiming the land as their permanent possession is spoken of as if they were inheriting the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it Alternate translation: “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls”
NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The boundaries<br><br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md).
NUM 34 7 ucc8 0 Mount Hor See how you translated this name in [Numbers 20:22](../20/22.md).
NUM 34 13 v8m7 0 to the nine tribes and to the half tribe This means the remaining tribes of Israel who will live on the west side of the Jordan River in the land of Canaan. The tribes of Reuben and Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh had already received their land on the east side of the Jordan River.
@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ NUM 34 15 e78v 0 The two tribes and the half tribe Alternate translation: “T
NUM 34 17 dt2u figs-you 0 divide the land for your inheritance Here “your” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. These men will cast lots to divide the land. Then they will distribute it to the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 34 19 d75w translate-names 0 General Information: This is the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Revenge<br><br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land
NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes.
NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass

Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 683 and column 221.

48
en_tn_05-DEU.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Deuteronomy<br><br>1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)<br>1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)<br>1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)<br>1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)<br>1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)<br>1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)<br>1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)<br>1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)<br><br><br>### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?<br><br>In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.<br><br>### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?<br><br>As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?<br><br>God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.<br><br>### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?<br><br>The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.
DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Deuteronomy<br><br>1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)<br>1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)<br>1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)<br>1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)<br>1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)<br>1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)<br>1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)<br>1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)<br><br><br>### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?<br><br>In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.<br><br>### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?<br><br>As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?<br><br>God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.<br><br>### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?<br><br>The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.
DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br><br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan”
DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph … Paran … Tophel … Laban … Hazeroth … Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea Alternate translation: “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea”
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ DEU 1 44 fn6p translate-names 0 Hormah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc:/
DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down Alternate translation: “killed many of your soldiers”
DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept Alternate translation: “returned to Kadesh and wept”
DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br><br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey Alternate translation: “Then we turned around and went”
DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days This could mean: (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time.
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ DEU 2 36 pd7q translate-names 0 Valley of the Arnon Alternate translation: “A
DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br><br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past.
DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ DEU 3 27 qm9b 0 Pisgah See how you translated this is in [Deuteronomy 3:17](..
DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br><br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do.
DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them Alternate translation: “and obey them”
DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words … neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them.
@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ DEU 4 48 n3ct 0 the Valley of the Arnon This is the name of a place. See how y
DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon … Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md).
DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River”
DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah … Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br><br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br><br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ DEU 5 32 kyg9 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of
DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep Alternate translation: “might obey”
DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan Alternate translation: “going to the other side of the Jordan River”
@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DEU 6 24 nhg8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the peopl
DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time
DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us”
DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br><br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ DEU 7 25 su6c figs-metaphor 0 you will become trapped by it Even taking the gol
DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much”
DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br><br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep … you may live and multiply, and go in and possess … your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ DEU 10 22 es8i figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the
DEU 10 22 p41a 0 went down into Egypt Alternate translation: “traveled south to Egypt” or “went to Egypt”
DEU 10 22 ap9n translate-numbers 0 seventy persons Alternate translation: “70 persons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 10 22 hh5t figs-simile 0 as many as the stars of the heavens This emphasizes the large number of Israelites that were with Moses. Alternate translation: “more than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Therefore<br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eyewitnesses<br>The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### Covenant<br>This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Therefore<br><br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eyewitnesses<br><br>The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### Covenant<br><br>This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 11 1 sgh5 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 11 1 e1ef 0 always keep Alternate translation: “always obey”
DEU 11 2 s2x1 0 who have not known nor have they seen Alternate translation: “who have not experienced”
@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ DEU 13 17 d934 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will turn from the fierceness of his ange
DEU 13 17 vyv7 0 to your fathers Here “fathers” means ancestors or forefathers.
DEU 13 18 zgj9 figs-metonymy 0 you are listening to the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” represents what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “you are obeying what Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 13 18 gjk4 figs-metaphor 0 that which is right in the eyes of Yahweh your God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “that which is right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “that which Yahweh your God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Clean animals<br>There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br><br>This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Clean animals<br><br>There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
DEU 14 1 yca2 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 14 1 c6vr 0 You are the people All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “We are the people”
DEU 14 1 qkn4 translate-symaction 0 Do not cut yourselves, nor shave any part of your face for the dead These were ways the people groups living in Canaan showed that they were grieving over people who had died. Moses is telling the people of Israel not to act like them. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ DEU 14 29 mju1 figs-metaphor 0 because he has no portion nor inheritance with y
DEU 14 29 qi4c 0 fatherless These are children whose parents have both died and do not have relatives to care for them.
DEU 14 29 v7bc 0 widow This is a woman whose husband has died and has no children to care for her in her old age.
DEU 14 29 zfp5 figs-synecdoche 0 in all the work of your hand that you do Here “hand” represents the whole person. This refers to the work that someone does. Alternate translation: “in all the work you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgiveness of Debt<br>This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.<br><br>### Justice<br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgiveness of Debt<br><br>This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.<br><br>### Justice<br><br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 15 1 s315 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 15 1 my7z translate-numbers 0 seven years Alternate translation: “7 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 15 1 ym2l 0 you must cancel debts Alternate translation: “forgive every thing which people still owe you”
@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ DEU 16 20 b78e figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land that Yahweh your God is giving
DEU 16 21 ec3t figs-you 0 You must not Here “You” refers to all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 16 22 mw2w figs-distinguish 0 any sacred stone pillar, which Yahweh your God hates The phrase “which Yahweh your God hates” is giving more information about the sacred stone pillar. Alternate translation: “any sacred stone pillar because Yahweh your God hates them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
DEU 16 22 s7sn 0 sacred stone pillar This refers to pillars that are idols used to worship false gods.
DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### King<br>Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Witnesses<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### King<br><br>Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 17 1 a78k 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 17 1 d6zp 0 in which is any blemish Alternate translation: “that has a blemish” or “that has something wrong with it.” The animal is to appear healthy without any deformity.
DEU 17 1 y292 0 that would be an abomination to Yahweh Alternate translation: “that would be disgusting to Yahweh”
@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ DEU 17 19 f877 figs-parallelism 0 so as to keep all the words of this law and t
DEU 17 20 b7e5 figs-synecdoche 0 so that his heart is not lifted up above his brothers Here “his heart” refers to the whole person. A king becoming arrogant is spoken of as if his heart were lifted up. Alternate translation: “so that he does not become arrogant” or “so that he does not think he is better than his fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 17 20 idm3 figs-metaphor 0 so that he does not turn away from the commandments, to the right hand or to the left A king disobeying God’s commands is spoken of as if a person were to turn off the correct path. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that he does not disobey any of the commandments” or “so that he obeys all of the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DEU 17 20 sa87 figs-metaphor 0 prolong his days Long days is a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated a similar phrase “prolong your days” in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>### Messiah<br>This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br><br>As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>### Messiah<br><br>This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
DEU 18 1 ztw1 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do.
DEU 18 1 u386 figs-metaphor 0 will have no portion nor inheritance with Israel The Levites not receiving any land from Yahweh is spoken of as if they would not receive an inheritance. Alternate translation: “will not possess any of the people’s land” or “will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 18 1 z6rx 0 no portion Alternate translation: “no part” or “no share”
@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ DEU 18 21 gbx1 0 How will we recognize a message that Yahweh has not spoken? A
DEU 18 22 law3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
DEU 18 22 kzp4 figs-metonymy 0 a prophet speaks in the name of Yahweh Here “name of Yahweh” refers to Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “a prophet claims to speak for me” or “a prophet claims to speak with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 18 22 ys2k 0 the prophet has spoken it arrogantly Alternate translation: “the prophet has spoken this message without my authority”
DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Law of retaliation<br>The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br><br>Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br><br>### Witnesses<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Law of retaliation<br><br>The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 19 1 rka3 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 19 1 av28 figs-metaphor 0 When Yahweh your God cuts off the nations Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 19 1 jh1z figs-metonymy 0 the nations This represents the people groups that live in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ DEU 19 20 n7hc figs-explicit 0 will hear and fear The full meaning of this stat
DEU 19 20 wqw9 0 commit no longer any such evil Alternate translation: “never again do something evil like that”
DEU 19 21 z5fm figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes must not pity Here “eyes” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You must not pity him” or “You must not show him mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 19 21 nz4x figs-ellipsis 0 life will pay for life … foot for foot Here the phrases are shortened because the meaning is understood. It means the people must punish a person in the same way that he harmed another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>### Holy war<br>Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “What man is there”<br>This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Excused from fighting<br>In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>### Holy war<br><br>Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “What man is there”<br>This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Excused from fighting<br><br>In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 20 1 x89z 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 20 1 ei7a 0 When you march out to battle against your enemies Alternate translation: “When you go out to fight in a war against your enemies”
DEU 20 1 r5j1 figs-explicit 0 see horses, chariots People considered an army with many horses and chariots to be very strong. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ DEU 20 20 gis7 0 you know are not trees for food Alternate translation: “you
DEU 20 20 czc4 0 siege works These are tools and structures, such as ladders and towers, that are needed to lay siege to a city.
DEU 20 20 g9ny figs-idiom 0 until it falls This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until the people of the city lose the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 20 20 fdg1 figs-metonymy 0 it falls Here “it” refers to the city which represents the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br>Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Peace in Israel<br>The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.
DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Peace in Israel<br><br>The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.
DEU 21 1 g61z 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
DEU 21 1 z641 figs-activepassive 0 If someone is found killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If someone finds a person whom someone else has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 21 1 iqh7 0 lying in the field The dead person is lying in the field.
@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ DEU 21 22 hfw9 0 you hang him on a tree This could mean: (1) “after he has d
DEU 21 23 y9lb 0 bury him the same day Alternate translation: “bury him on the same day as when you execute him”
DEU 21 23 ztq8 figs-activepassive 0 for whoever is hanged is cursed by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) “because God curses everyone whom people hang on trees” and (2) “people hang on trees those whom God has cursed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 21 23 i54a 0 do not defile the land by leaving something God has cursed hanging in the tree
DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Order in Israel<br>The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Virgin woman<br>If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Order in Israel<br><br>The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Virgin woman<br><br>If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 22 1 b8pa figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 22 1 j8sq 0 go astray Alternate translation: “walk away from its owner”
DEU 22 1 z51n figs-idiom 0 hide yourself from them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “act as if you do not see them” or “go away without doing anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ DEU 22 28 m9ah figs-activepassive 0 if they are discovered If your language doe
DEU 22 29 tr9z translate-bmoney 0 fifty shekels of silver A shekel weighs eleven grams. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver” or “550 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 22 29 yb82 figs-idiom 0 He may not send her away during all his days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “He must never divorce her during his entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 22 30 hh8b figs-explicit 0 must not take his father’s wife as his own The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not marry his father’s former wife, even if she is not his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The assembly of Yahweh<br>This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.<br><br>### Racial superiority<br>Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The assembly of Yahweh<br><br>This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.<br><br>### Racial superiority<br><br>Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
DEU 23 1 r8v9 0 man injured by crushing or cutting off Alternate translation: “man whose private body parts someone has crushed or cut off”
DEU 23 1 z8kb figs-idiom 0 may enter the assembly of Yahweh This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “may be a full member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 23 2 j67e 0 illegitimate child This could mean: (1) a child born to parents who committed incest or adultery or (2) a child born to a prostitute.
@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ DEU 23 25 em5k 0 When you go into your neighbor’s ripe grain Alternate trans
DEU 23 25 v1t5 0 you may pluck the heads of grain with your hand Alternate translation: “then you may eat the kernels of grain with your hand”
DEU 23 25 jv7v 0 but do not put a sickle to your neighbor’s ripe grain Alternate translation: “but do not cut down your neighbor’s ripe grain and take it with you”
DEU 23 25 q13q 0 sickle a sharp tool that farmers use to harvest wheat
DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”<br>A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Lending money<br>Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.
DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”<br>A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Lending money<br><br>Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.
DEU 24 1 fn1d 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 24 1 t3lr figs-doublet 0 When a man takes a wife and marries her The phrases “takes a wife” and “marries her” mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “When a man marries a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 24 1 a5ki figs-synecdoche 0 if she finds no favor in his eyes Here the “eyes” represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “if he decides that he does not like her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ DEU 27 24 q772 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and
DEU 27 24 n57s figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 27 26 mmv3 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say.
DEU 27 26 z9xa figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blessings and warnings<br>This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blessings and warnings<br><br>This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 28 1 cg2q figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 28 1 f13g figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what he says. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 28 1 nmq7 0 so as to keep Alternate translation: “and obey”
@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ DEU 30 20 k5mz figs-metonymy 0 obey his voice Here “voice” refers to what Y
DEU 30 20 sbp2 0 to cling to him Alternate translation: “to rely on him”
DEU 30 20 x4gp figs-doublet 0 For he is your life and the length of your days These phrases have the same meaning and are metonyms for Yahweh, emphasizing that he is the one who gives life and determines the length of people’s lifetimes. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the only one who can enable you to live a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 30 20 qi8g figs-ellipsis 0 swore to your ancestors The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “swore that he would give to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Final instructions<br>In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.
DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Final instructions<br><br>In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.
DEU 31 2 mb3i translate-numbers 0 one hundred twenty years old Alternate translation: “120 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 31 2 bvw8 figs-merism 0 I can no more go out and come in Here the extremes “go out” and “come in” used together mean that Moses can no longer do what a healthy person can do. Alternate translation: “I am no longer able to go everywhere that you need to go, so I cannot be your leader any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
DEU 31 3 ep95 figs-you 0 your God … before you … before you … you will dispossess … before you Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ DEU 31 29 i596 figs-synecdoche 0 through the work of your hands Here “your ha
DEU 31 30 upf2 figs-synecdoche 0 Moses recited in the ears of all the assembly of Israel Here “ears” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Moses recited to all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 31 30 ilp6 0 recited This could mean: (1) “sang” or (2) “spoke.”
DEU 31 30 wx6q figs-ellipsis 0 the words of this song You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the words of the song that Yahweh taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br><br>This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 32 1 bfi8 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DEU 32 1 hf89 figs-apostrophe 0 Give ear, you heavens … Let the earth listen Yahweh speaks to the heavens and earth as if they are there listening. This could mean: (1) Yahweh is speaking to the inhabitants of heaven and earth or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the heavens and earth as if they are persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
DEU 32 2 zk7l figs-simile 0 Let my teaching drop down like the rain … and like the showers on the plants This means Yahweh wants the people to eagerly accept his helpful teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ DEU 32 50 w499 figs-euphemism 0 be gathered to your people This is a polite way
DEU 32 50 gnq5 translate-names 0 Mount Hor This is the name of a mountain on the border of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 32 51 mwq1 translate-names 0 Meribah This is the name of the place in the desert where Moses disobeyed God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 32 51 fv5z translate-names 0 wilderness of Zin This is the name of a wilderness on the southern border of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Families<br>Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Families<br><br>Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 33 1 p6db figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses begins to bless the tribes of Israel. Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DEU 33 2 b26n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh came from Sinai and rose from Seir upon them. He shined out from Mount Paran Moses compares Yahweh to the rising sun. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh came from Sinai, he looked to them like the sun when it rises from Seir and shines out from Mount Paran” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 33 2 d9h2 0 upon them Alternate translation: “upon the people of Israel”

Can't render this file because it is too large.

12
en_tn_06-JOS.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br> * Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br> * Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br> * The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br> * Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br> * Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br> * Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br> * The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br> * Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Why have y
JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. This could mean: (1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or (2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or (3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br><br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ
JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin … Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor … Madon … Shimron … Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth … Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned If y
JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br><br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders Alternate translation: “leaders of the tribes”
JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ JOS 15 20 q76c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵ
JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages
JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br><br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz … Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י י
JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land Alternate translation: “destroy everything in the land”
JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br><br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br> * Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br> * Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br> * The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br> * Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books. # Introduction to Joshua<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br> * Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br> * Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br> * The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br> * Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
3 JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
4 JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
250 JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. This could mean: (1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or (2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or (3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
251 JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
252 JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
253 JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua. # Joshua 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br><br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
254 JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
255 JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
256 JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
358 JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
359 JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
360 JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
361 JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # Joshua 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
362 JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin … Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
363 JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor … Madon … Shimron … Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
364 JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth … Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
474 JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
475 JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
476 JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
477 JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Joshua 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br><br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
478 JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
479 JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders Alternate translation: “leaders of the tribes”
480 JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
536 JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages
537 JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
538 JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
539 JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Joshua 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br><br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
540 JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
541 JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz … Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
542 JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
821 JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
822 JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land Alternate translation: “destroy everything in the land”
823 JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
824 JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Joshua 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br><br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
825 JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
826 JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
827 JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.

14
en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br> * Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br> * Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br> * Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br> * Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br> * Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br> * Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br> * Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br> * Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story.
JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ JDG 3 31 uz68 translate-names 0 Anath The name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man
JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle”
JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand
JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side Alternate translation: “who surrounded them”
JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ JDG 10 13 zdy2 figs-idiom 0 I will not keep adding to the times I deliver you T
JDG 10 16 i2l8 figs-explicit 0 foreign gods among them You can make explicit the implicit meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “foreign gods whose images they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 10 16 m6hd figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh could bear Israel’s misery no longer Here Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh did not want the people of Israel to suffer any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 10 18 j3k2 0 Who is the man who will begin to fight the Ammonites? Alternate translation: “Who will lead our army to fight against the Ammonites?”
JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br><br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
JDG 11 1 yk6s translate-names 0 Gileadite This is someone who is from the region of Gilead. It is a coincidence that his father’s name is also Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 11 2 r35b 0 When his wife’s sons grew up Alternate translation: “When the sons of Gilead’s wife became adults”
JDG 11 3 aw1r translate-names 0 the land of Tob Tob is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ JDG 11 37 hj6q figs-activepassive 0 Let this promise be kept for me This can be
JDG 11 37 dh7s 0 grieve over my virginity Alternate translation: “weep because I am a virgin” or “cry because I will never be married”
JDG 11 39 n4my figs-euphemism 0 had never known a man This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 11 40 s739 0 the Gileadite This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md).
JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br><br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
JDG 12 1 mp3k figs-abstractnouns 0 A call went out to the men of Ephraim If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **call**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men … of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JDG 12 1 ubq3 translate-names 0 Zaphon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 12 1 hh1l 0 passed through … pass through or “traveled through … travel” or “journeyed through … journey”
@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ JDG 13 24 ht9i 0 grew up Alternate translation: “became an adult” or “ma
JDG 13 25 hmc1 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s Spirit began to stir him Here the way Yahweh’s Spirit influences Samson is compared to the way a spoon stirs food in a pot. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s Spirit began to influence Samson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 13 25 wnc2 translate-names 0 Mahaneh Dan … Eshtaol Mahaneh Dan is the name of a temporary camp that the tribe of Dan lived in while they looked for a permanent home. Eshtaol is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 13 25 x4d3 0 Zorah Translate the name of this town the same way you did in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md).
JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br><br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 14 1 bwa3 translate-names 0 Samson went down to Timnah The phrase “went down” is used here because Timnah is lower in elevation than where his father’s house was. Timah is the name of a city in the Sorek Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among the Philistine people” or “a Philistine girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ JDG 18 28 vw28 translate-names 0 Beth Rehob This is a name of a town. (See: [[r
JDG 18 30 z23n figs-explicit 0 Jonathan son of Gershom, son of Moses This is the name of the young Levite who used to serve as priest for Micah. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The young Levite’s name was Jonathan the son of Gershom, son of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 18 30 myi7 figs-metaphor 0 until the day of the land’s captivity This refers to a time later on when the people of Dan would be captured by their enemies. Here the land being conquered is spoken of as if it were a prisoner taken captive by an enemy. Alternate translation: “until the day that their enemies conquered their land” or “until the day that their enemies took them captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 18 31 m78z figs-metonymy 0 that he made Micah did not make his gods, rather the craftsman made them for him. Alternate translation: “that had been made for him” or “that his craftsman made for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br><br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JDG 19 1 akh7 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JDG 19 1 u1qs 0 remote far from where most people live
JDG 19 2 p37k figs-explicit 0 was unfaithful to him This means that she was unfaithful in their relationship and that she began to sleep with other men. This can be stated explicitly if necessary. Alternate translation: “began to sleep with other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br> * Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br> * Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br> * Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br> * Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br> * Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br> * Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br> * Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br> * Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
3 JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. # Judges 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
4 JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story.
5 JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
221 JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
222 JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle”
223 JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
224 JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Judges 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
225 JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
226 JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
227 JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
597 JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side Alternate translation: “who surrounded them”
598 JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
599 JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
600 JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
601 JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
602 JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
603 JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
775 JDG 10 16 i2l8 figs-explicit 0 foreign gods among them You can make explicit the implicit meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “foreign gods whose images they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
776 JDG 10 16 m6hd figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh could bear Israel’s misery no longer Here Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh did not want the people of Israel to suffer any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
777 JDG 10 18 j3k2 0 Who is the man who will begin to fight the Ammonites? Alternate translation: “Who will lead our army to fight against the Ammonites?”
778 JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them. # Judges 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br><br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
779 JDG 11 1 yk6s translate-names 0 Gileadite This is someone who is from the region of Gilead. It is a coincidence that his father’s name is also Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
780 JDG 11 2 r35b 0 When his wife’s sons grew up Alternate translation: “When the sons of Gilead’s wife became adults”
781 JDG 11 3 aw1r translate-names 0 the land of Tob Tob is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
850 JDG 11 37 dh7s 0 grieve over my virginity Alternate translation: “weep because I am a virgin” or “cry because I will never be married”
851 JDG 11 39 n4my figs-euphemism 0 had never known a man This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
852 JDG 11 40 s739 0 the Gileadite This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md).
853 JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) # Judges 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br><br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
854 JDG 12 1 mp3k figs-abstractnouns 0 A call went out to the men of Ephraim If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **call**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men … of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
855 JDG 12 1 ubq3 translate-names 0 Zaphon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
856 JDG 12 1 hh1l 0 passed through … pass through or “traveled through … travel” or “journeyed through … journey”
935 JDG 13 25 hmc1 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s Spirit began to stir him Here the way Yahweh’s Spirit influences Samson is compared to the way a spoon stirs food in a pot. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s Spirit began to influence Samson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
936 JDG 13 25 wnc2 translate-names 0 Mahaneh Dan … Eshtaol Mahaneh Dan is the name of a temporary camp that the tribe of Dan lived in while they looked for a permanent home. Eshtaol is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
937 JDG 13 25 x4d3 0 Zorah Translate the name of this town the same way you did in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md).
938 JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Judges 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br><br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
939 JDG 14 1 bwa3 translate-names 0 Samson went down to Timnah The phrase “went down” is used here because Timnah is lower in elevation than where his father’s house was. Timah is the name of a city in the Sorek Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
940 JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among the Philistine people” or “a Philistine girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
941 JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1242 JDG 18 30 z23n figs-explicit 0 Jonathan son of Gershom, son of Moses This is the name of the young Levite who used to serve as priest for Micah. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The young Levite’s name was Jonathan the son of Gershom, son of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1243 JDG 18 30 myi7 figs-metaphor 0 until the day of the land’s captivity This refers to a time later on when the people of Dan would be captured by their enemies. Here the land being conquered is spoken of as if it were a prisoner taken captive by an enemy. Alternate translation: “until the day that their enemies conquered their land” or “until the day that their enemies took them captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1244 JDG 18 31 m78z figs-metonymy 0 that he made Micah did not make his gods, rather the craftsman made them for him. Alternate translation: “that had been made for him” or “that his craftsman made for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1245 JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # Judges 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br><br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1246 JDG 19 1 akh7 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1247 JDG 19 1 u1qs 0 remote far from where most people live
1248 JDG 19 2 p37k figs-explicit 0 was unfaithful to him This means that she was unfaithful in their relationship and that she began to sleep with other men. This can be stated explicitly if necessary. Alternate translation: “began to sleep with other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

36
en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

40
en_tn_10-2SA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

30
en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
View File

@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wickedness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br><br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br><br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br><br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian.
1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 4 30 g12d 0 the people of the east This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
1KI 4 31 cu1z translate-names 0 Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 4 33 r1r3 translate-unknown 0 cedar … hyssop These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br><br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
1KI 5 1 f4a8 0 General Information: Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple.
1KI 5 1 wb37 0 Hiram had always loved David Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David”
1KI 5 3 pv3b figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 5 16 f3hp translate-numbers 0 3,300 chief officers “three thousand three hundred chief officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 5 17 hk8u 0 quarried large stones of high quality Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape”
1KI 5 18 l6m8 translate-unknown 0 Gebalites men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br><br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
1KI 6 1 si1j figs-metonymy 0 Solomon began to build Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 6 1 z8zf translate-ordinal 0 480th … fourth These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1KI 6 1 u34s translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Ziv, which is the second month “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br><br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br><br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace.
1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days … seven days … fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br><br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Queen of Sheba<br><br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Queen of Sheba<br><br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 10 29 z3uu translate-numbers 0 six hundred shekels of silver “600 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 10 29 ce7h translate-numbers 0 150 shekels “one hundred and fifty shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 10 29 e5bh figs-activepassive 0 Many of these were then sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage with Gentiles<br>God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage with Gentiles<br><br>God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 11 1 i6y4 0 Now King Solomon The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story.
1KI 11 1 rz6n translate-names 0 Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 11 2 u5n2 figs-metonymy 0 turn your heart to their gods To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 11 41 yk5p 0 the book of the events of Solomon This book no longer exists.
1KI 11 43 wer1 figs-metaphor 0 He slept with his ancestors and he was buried The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 11 43 ttg1 figs-activepassive 0 he was buried This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br><br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br><br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br><br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 12 1 rer8 figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 12 2 kgj5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 12 2 s9f6 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 12 32 f8e9 figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 12 33 t8tb figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 12 33 uh1v 0 in the month he had planned in his own mind Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined”
1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br><br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
1KI 13 1 xe5m figs-explicit 0 A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 13 1 gc3y 0 A man of God This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet”
1KI 13 1 zw3a 0 came out of Judah Alternate translation: “came from Judah”
@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 15 34 i9dh figs-metaphor 0 walked in the way of Jeroboam Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 15 34 w9fq 0 in his sin by which he led Israel to sin Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
1KI 15 34 yq78 figs-metaphor 0 by which he led Israel to sin Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br><br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 16 1 kf7z figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 16 2 rjv3 0 Although I exalted you This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha.
1KI 16 2 pn3u figs-metaphor 0 I exalted you out of the dust “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 16 34 be9n 0 in keeping with the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh”
1KI 16 34 lvt5 0 the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1KI 16 34 zx6j figs-metonymy 0 which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br><br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1KI 17 1 brj9 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 17 1 q3t1 translate-names 0 Tishbe This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 17 1 ub3q 0 As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 17 23 aut1 0 his room Here “his” refers to Elijah.
1KI 17 23 e1te 0 See, your son is alive The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1KI 17 24 m6yc figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br><br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 18 1 l7sw figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 18 1 q2by 0 send rain on the land Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land”
1KI 18 2 lc7k writing-background 0 now the famine was severe The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 19 19 m3gy figs-rpronouns 0 he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 19 20 jye9 0 he said, “Please The word “he” refers to Elisha.
1KI 19 21 s7a5 figs-explicit 0 he gave it to the people Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br><br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1KI 20 1 i4ar translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 20 1 qfr1 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two lesser kings “32 lesser kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 20 1 ai8j 0 lesser kings Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
89 1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
90 1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
91 1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wickedness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
92 1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) # 1 Kings 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br><br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br><br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
93 1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
94 1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
95 1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
171 1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
172 1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
173 1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
174 1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) # 1 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br><br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
175 1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian.
176 1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
177 1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
298 1KI 4 30 g12d 0 the people of the east This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
299 1KI 4 31 cu1z translate-names 0 Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
300 1KI 4 33 r1r3 translate-unknown 0 cedar … hyssop These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
301 1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. # 1 Kings 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br><br>Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple.
302 1KI 5 1 f4a8 0 General Information: Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple.
303 1KI 5 1 wb37 0 Hiram had always loved David Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David”
304 1KI 5 3 pv3b figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
336 1KI 5 16 f3hp translate-numbers 0 3,300 chief officers “three thousand three hundred chief officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
337 1KI 5 17 hk8u 0 quarried large stones of high quality Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape”
338 1KI 5 18 l6m8 translate-unknown 0 Gebalites men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
339 1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. # 1 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br><br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
340 1KI 6 1 si1j figs-metonymy 0 Solomon began to build Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
341 1KI 6 1 z8zf translate-ordinal 0 480th … fourth These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
342 1KI 6 1 u34s translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Ziv, which is the second month “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
428 1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
429 1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
430 1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
431 1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) # 1 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br><br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br><br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
432 1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace.
433 1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
434 1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
546 1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
547 1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
548 1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
549 1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # 1 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
550 1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
551 1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
552 1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
642 1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days … seven days … fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
643 1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
644 1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
645 1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) # 1 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br><br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
646 1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
647 1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
648 1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
675 1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
676 1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
677 1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
678 1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Queen of Sheba<br><br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Queen of Sheba<br><br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
679 1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
680 1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
681 1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
722 1KI 10 29 z3uu translate-numbers 0 six hundred shekels of silver “600 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
723 1KI 10 29 ce7h translate-numbers 0 150 shekels “one hundred and fifty shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
724 1KI 10 29 e5bh figs-activepassive 0 Many of these were then sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
725 1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage with Gentiles<br>God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # 1 Kings 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage with Gentiles<br><br>God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
726 1KI 11 1 i6y4 0 Now King Solomon The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story.
727 1KI 11 1 rz6n translate-names 0 Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
728 1KI 11 2 u5n2 figs-metonymy 0 turn your heart to their gods To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
788 1KI 11 41 yk5p 0 the book of the events of Solomon This book no longer exists.
789 1KI 11 43 wer1 figs-metaphor 0 He slept with his ancestors and he was buried The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
790 1KI 11 43 ttg1 figs-activepassive 0 he was buried This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
791 1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br><br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br><br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br><br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
792 1KI 12 1 rer8 figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
793 1KI 12 2 kgj5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
794 1KI 12 2 s9f6 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
840 1KI 12 32 f8e9 figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
841 1KI 12 33 t8tb figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
842 1KI 12 33 uh1v 0 in the month he had planned in his own mind Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined”
843 1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br><br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
844 1KI 13 1 xe5m figs-explicit 0 A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
845 1KI 13 1 gc3y 0 A man of God This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet”
846 1KI 13 1 zw3a 0 came out of Judah Alternate translation: “came from Judah”
1047 1KI 15 34 i9dh figs-metaphor 0 walked in the way of Jeroboam Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1048 1KI 15 34 w9fq 0 in his sin by which he led Israel to sin Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
1049 1KI 15 34 yq78 figs-metaphor 0 by which he led Israel to sin Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1050 1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br><br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1051 1KI 16 1 kf7z figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1052 1KI 16 2 rjv3 0 Although I exalted you This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha.
1053 1KI 16 2 pn3u figs-metaphor 0 I exalted you out of the dust “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1126 1KI 16 34 be9n 0 in keeping with the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh”
1127 1KI 16 34 lvt5 0 the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1128 1KI 16 34 zx6j figs-metonymy 0 which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1129 1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br><br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1130 1KI 17 1 brj9 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1131 1KI 17 1 q3t1 translate-names 0 Tishbe This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1132 1KI 17 1 ub3q 0 As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
1169 1KI 17 23 aut1 0 his room Here “his” refers to Elijah.
1170 1KI 17 23 e1te 0 See, your son is alive The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1171 1KI 17 24 m6yc figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1172 1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br><br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1173 1KI 18 1 l7sw figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1174 1KI 18 1 q2by 0 send rain on the land Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land”
1175 1KI 18 2 lc7k writing-background 0 now the famine was severe The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1273 1KI 19 19 m3gy figs-rpronouns 0 he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1274 1KI 19 20 jye9 0 he said, “Please The word “he” refers to Elisha.
1275 1KI 19 21 s7a5 figs-explicit 0 he gave it to the people Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1276 1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br><br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1277 1KI 20 1 i4ar translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1278 1KI 20 1 qfr1 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two lesser kings “32 lesser kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1279 1KI 20 1 ai8j 0 lesser kings Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people”

28
en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br> * Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br> * Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br> * Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br> * Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br> * Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br> * Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br> * Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled Alternate translation: “The people who lived in Moab rebelled”
2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head.
2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br><br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br><br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.”
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd.
2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br><br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband Alternate translation: “My husband, who was your servant”
2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Impossible actions<br><br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Impossible actions<br><br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused.
2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br><br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour … two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it Alternate translation: “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley”
2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br><br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md).
2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life Alternate translation: “he had caused to become alive again”
@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br><br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 11 20 hz2a figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land rejoiced This is a generalization. It is possible that some did not rejoice. Alternate translation: “many people in the land rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2KI 11 20 y27g 0 the city was quiet Alternate translation: “the city was calm” or “the city was peaceful”
2KI 11 21 pit8 translate-numbers 0 Joash was seven years old “Joash was 7 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br><br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 12 1 ze1f translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year of Jehu “During year 7 of the reign of Jehu over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 12 1 d8af 0 the reign of Joash began Alternate translation: “Joash began to reign over Judah”
2KI 12 1 rhb3 translate-names 0 Zibiah This was the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 13 25 kwm4 translate-names 0 Jehoash … Jehoahaz These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 13 25 zz2a figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoash attacked him three times Here “Jehoash” and “him” refer to the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “Jehoash’s army attacked Ben Hadad’s army three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 13 25 v9pk 0 he recovered those cities of Israel Alternate translation: “Jehoash took back control of the Israelite cities that Ben Hadad had captured”
2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.
2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br><br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.
2KI 14 1 bnk5 0 In the second year of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz, king of Israel Alternate translation: “When Jehoash son of Jehoahaz had been king of Israel for almost two years”
2KI 14 1 nnl6 0 Amaziah son of Joash, king of Judah, began to reign Alternate translation: “Amaziah son of Joash, became the king of Judah”
2KI 14 2 s314 translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old when he began to reign “He was 25 years old when he became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 15 37 sx2e translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 15 38 nar5 figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Jotham died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2KI 15 38 qj1b figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br><br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 16 1 x9n9 figs-explicit 0 In the seventeenth year of Pekah son of Remaliah It can be stated clearly that this is the seventeenth year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 17 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 16 1 ja6f translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:25](../15/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 16 2 rm3i figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what was right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh his God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 17 40 j2h1 figs-metaphor 0 They would not listen “Listen” here is a metaphor for paying attention and acting on the command. Alternate translation: “They did not obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 17 41 ne8y 0 these nations feared Yahweh These nations feared Yahweh only to the point of appeasing him the same way they treated their own gods.
2KI 17 41 zh69 0 up to this day “and have continued ever since.” The phrase “this day” refers to the time period in which the writer lived.
2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br><br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 18 1 an23 0 General Information: Hezekiah becomes king over Judah in place of his father King Ahaz.
2KI 18 1 b49b translate-names 0 Hoshea … Elah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 18 2 u8q8 translate-names 0 Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 21 24 nj33 0 conspired against “made plans and worked together to harm.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md).
2KI 21 25 zcb6 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written … Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written … Judah.” or “you can find them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 21 26 zpi6 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza This could mean: (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br><br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 22 1 gp47 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 22 1 ne6n translate-names 0 Jedidah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 22 1 wgp7 translate-names 0 Adaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 22 20 qgs2 figs-metonymy 0 Your eyes will not see Here “will not see” represents not experiencing something. Alternate translation: “You will not experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 22 20 mc6n figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes Here “eyes” represents the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 22 20 j2cn figs-metaphor 0 the disaster that I will bring upon this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: “the terrible things I will cause to happen in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.
2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br><br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.
2KI 23 2 yx5s figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2KI 23 2 bw8g figs-merism 0 from small to great This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: “from the least important to the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2KI 23 2 k1ai 0 He then read in their hearing Alternate translation: “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear”
@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 23 36 gz76 translate-names 0 Pedaiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 23 36 j958 translate-names 0 Rumah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 23 37 b992 figs-metaphor 0 did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 24 1 n2cj 0 In Jehoiakim’s days Alternate translation: “During the time that Jehoiakim ruled Judah”
2KI 24 1 wre8 figs-explicit 0 attacked Judah You may need to make explicit what happened after Nebuchadnezzar attacked Judah. Alternate translation: “attacked and defeated Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 24 2 bf6x figs-activepassive 0 This was in conformity with the word of Yahweh that had been spoken through his servants the prophets This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “This was according to the word of Yahweh that his servants the prophets had spoken” or “This was exactly what Yahweh had told his servants the prophets to say would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br> * Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br> * Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br> * Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br> * Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br> * Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br> * Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br> * Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
3 2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # 2 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled Alternate translation: “The people who lived in Moab rebelled”
5 2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6 2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
78 2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
79 2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head.
80 2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
81 2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry. # 2 Kings 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br><br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br><br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
82 2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
83 2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
84 2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.”
142 2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd.
143 2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144 2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
145 2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread. # 2 Kings 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br><br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
146 2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
147 2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband Alternate translation: “My husband, who was your servant”
148 2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money
276 2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
277 2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
278 2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
279 2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Impossible actions<br><br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Impossible actions<br><br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
280 2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
281 2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282 2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
367 2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
368 2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused.
369 2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
370 2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind. # 2 Kings 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br><br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
371 2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
372 2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour … two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
373 2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
417 2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
418 2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
419 2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it Alternate translation: “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley”
420 2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # 2 Kings 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br><br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
421 2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
422 2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md).
423 2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life Alternate translation: “he had caused to become alive again”
491 2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
492 2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
493 2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
494 2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # 2 Kings 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br><br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
495 2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
496 2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
497 2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
719 2KI 11 20 hz2a figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land rejoiced This is a generalization. It is possible that some did not rejoice. Alternate translation: “many people in the land rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
720 2KI 11 20 y27g 0 the city was quiet Alternate translation: “the city was calm” or “the city was peaceful”
721 2KI 11 21 pit8 translate-numbers 0 Joash was seven years old “Joash was 7 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
722 2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br><br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
723 2KI 12 1 ze1f translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year of Jehu “During year 7 of the reign of Jehu over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
724 2KI 12 1 d8af 0 the reign of Joash began Alternate translation: “Joash began to reign over Judah”
725 2KI 12 1 rhb3 translate-names 0 Zibiah This was the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
820 2KI 13 25 kwm4 translate-names 0 Jehoash … Jehoahaz These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
821 2KI 13 25 zz2a figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoash attacked him three times Here “Jehoash” and “him” refer to the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “Jehoash’s army attacked Ben Hadad’s army three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
822 2KI 13 25 v9pk 0 he recovered those cities of Israel Alternate translation: “Jehoash took back control of the Israelite cities that Ben Hadad had captured”
823 2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him. # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br><br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.
824 2KI 14 1 bnk5 0 In the second year of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz, king of Israel Alternate translation: “When Jehoash son of Jehoahaz had been king of Israel for almost two years”
825 2KI 14 1 nnl6 0 Amaziah son of Joash, king of Judah, began to reign Alternate translation: “Amaziah son of Joash, became the king of Judah”
826 2KI 14 2 s314 translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old when he began to reign “He was 25 years old when he became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
989 2KI 15 37 sx2e translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
990 2KI 15 38 nar5 figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Jotham died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
991 2KI 15 38 qj1b figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
992 2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br><br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
993 2KI 16 1 x9n9 figs-explicit 0 In the seventeenth year of Pekah son of Remaliah It can be stated clearly that this is the seventeenth year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 17 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
994 2KI 16 1 ja6f translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:25](../15/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
995 2KI 16 2 rm3i figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what was right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh his God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1091 2KI 17 40 j2h1 figs-metaphor 0 They would not listen “Listen” here is a metaphor for paying attention and acting on the command. Alternate translation: “They did not obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1092 2KI 17 41 ne8y 0 these nations feared Yahweh These nations feared Yahweh only to the point of appeasing him the same way they treated their own gods.
1093 2KI 17 41 zh69 0 up to this day “and have continued ever since.” The phrase “this day” refers to the time period in which the writer lived.
1094 2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br><br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1095 2KI 18 1 an23 0 General Information: Hezekiah becomes king over Judah in place of his father King Ahaz.
1096 2KI 18 1 b49b translate-names 0 Hoshea … Elah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1097 2KI 18 2 u8q8 translate-names 0 Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1284 2KI 21 24 nj33 0 conspired against “made plans and worked together to harm.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md).
1285 2KI 21 25 zcb6 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written … Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written … Judah.” or “you can find them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1286 2KI 21 26 zpi6 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza This could mean: (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1287 2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br><br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1288 2KI 22 1 gp47 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1289 2KI 22 1 ne6n translate-names 0 Jedidah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1290 2KI 22 1 wgp7 translate-names 0 Adaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1339 2KI 22 20 qgs2 figs-metonymy 0 Your eyes will not see Here “will not see” represents not experiencing something. Alternate translation: “You will not experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1340 2KI 22 20 mc6n figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes Here “eyes” represents the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1341 2KI 22 20 j2cn figs-metaphor 0 the disaster that I will bring upon this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: “the terrible things I will cause to happen in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1342 2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled. # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br><br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.
1343 2KI 23 2 yx5s figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1344 2KI 23 2 bw8g figs-merism 0 from small to great This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: “from the least important to the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1345 2KI 23 2 k1ai 0 He then read in their hearing Alternate translation: “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear”
1417 2KI 23 36 gz76 translate-names 0 Pedaiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1418 2KI 23 36 j958 translate-names 0 Rumah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1419 2KI 23 37 b992 figs-metaphor 0 did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1420 2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1421 2KI 24 1 n2cj 0 In Jehoiakim’s days Alternate translation: “During the time that Jehoiakim ruled Judah”
1422 2KI 24 1 wre8 figs-explicit 0 attacked Judah You may need to make explicit what happened after Nebuchadnezzar attacked Judah. Alternate translation: “attacked and defeated Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1423 2KI 24 2 bf6x figs-activepassive 0 This was in conformity with the word of Yahweh that had been spoken through his servants the prophets This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “This was according to the word of Yahweh that his servants the prophets had spoken” or “This was exactly what Yahweh had told his servants the prophets to say would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

22
en_tn_13-1CH.tsv
View File

@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh Alternate translation: “did not ask Yahweh to guide him”
1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br><br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1CH 11 1 anu1 figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: “we are your relatives” or “we have the same ancestors as you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1CH 11 2 es5t writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 11 45 eec9 translate-names 0 This concludes the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 11 46 wbw5 translate-names 0 This continues the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br><br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows Alternate translation: “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows”
1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances.
@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David Alternate translation: “These soldiers were there with David”
1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br><br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1CH 13 1 ba28 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 13 2 b7bp figs-explicit 0 all the assembly of Israel This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites who were assembled there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 13 2 ie4x figs-idiom 0 if this comes from Yahweh our God This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: “if this is something that Yahweh our God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1CH 16 42 aw82 figs-explicit 0 guarded the gate The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “guarded the tabernacle gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br><br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
1CH 17 1 h1g5 writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1CH 17 1 p2as 0 settled comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change
1CH 17 1 fbn8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 20 7 epr3 0 Jehonadab … Shimea These are names of men.
1CH 20 8 bhd7 0 These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath Here “these” refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6.
1CH 20 8 kv74 figs-synecdoche 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br><br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1CH 21 1 dfl4 0 An adversary arose against Israel Possible meanings of **adversary** are: (1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or (2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel.
1CH 21 1 t4tl 0 incited David to count Israel “caused David to do wrong, to count Israel.” If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here.
1CH 21 2 qcp8 0 count the people of Israel … that I may know their number It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight.
@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction Alternate translation: “to ask God to tell him what he should do”
1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br><br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where Alternate translation: “This threshing floor is where”
1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings
1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges”
@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 22 19 b3t4 figs-synecdoche 0 with all your heart and your soul Here “heart” and “soul” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1CH 22 19 qhu2 figs-metonymy 0 Get up and build the holy place It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 22 19 jia8 figs-metonymy 0 the house built for Yahweh’s name Here “name” refers to honor. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the temple you will build to honor Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br><br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 23 1 adi9 0 General Information: David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service.
1CH 23 3 g6et figs-activepassive 0 The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Some of David’s men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 23 3 f7mf translate-numbers 0 They numbered thirty-eight thousand “There were 38,000 of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month.
1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh Alternate translation: “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh”
1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of Alternate translation: “The Levites were responsible for”
1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br><br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments.
1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 24 30 t5a5 0 Mushi Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli … Eder … Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br><br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service Alternate translation: “the work done at the tabernacle”
1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 25 31 nb7m translate-ordinal 0 the twenty-fourth This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1CH 25 31 vy25 translate-names 0 Romamti-Ezer Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 25 31 ed4w translate-numbers 0 twelve persons in number “12 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br><br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
1CH 26 1 w2xj 0 General Information: This begins the list of the gatekeepers.
1CH 26 1 e9f7 0 divisions groups
1CH 26 1 g7cp translate-names 0 Korahites See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 28 21 pp3r 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes speaking to Solomon.
1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple.
1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md).
1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br><br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen”
1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold … to be made of wood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
654 1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
655 1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh Alternate translation: “did not ask Yahweh to guide him”
656 1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
657 1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br><br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
658 1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
659 1CH 11 1 anu1 figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: “we are your relatives” or “we have the same ancestors as you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
660 1CH 11 2 es5t writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
729 1CH 11 45 eec9 translate-names 0 This concludes the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
730 1CH 11 46 wbw5 translate-names 0 This continues the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
731 1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
732 1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David. # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br><br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
733 1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
734 1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows Alternate translation: “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows”
735 1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances.
811 1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David Alternate translation: “These soldiers were there with David”
812 1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
813 1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
814 1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br><br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
815 1CH 13 1 ba28 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
816 1CH 13 2 b7bp figs-explicit 0 all the assembly of Israel This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites who were assembled there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
817 1CH 13 2 ie4x figs-idiom 0 if this comes from Yahweh our God This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: “if this is something that Yahweh our God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
996 1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
997 1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
998 1CH 16 42 aw82 figs-explicit 0 guarded the gate The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “guarded the tabernacle gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
999 1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br><br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
1000 1CH 17 1 h1g5 writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1001 1CH 17 1 p2as 0 settled comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change
1002 1CH 17 1 fbn8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1207 1CH 20 7 epr3 0 Jehonadab … Shimea These are names of men.
1208 1CH 20 8 bhd7 0 These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath Here “these” refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6.
1209 1CH 20 8 kv74 figs-synecdoche 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1210 1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br><br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1211 1CH 21 1 dfl4 0 An adversary arose against Israel Possible meanings of **adversary** are: (1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or (2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel.
1212 1CH 21 1 t4tl 0 incited David to count Israel “caused David to do wrong, to count Israel.” If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here.
1213 1CH 21 2 qcp8 0 count the people of Israel … that I may know their number It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight.
1270 1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1271 1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction Alternate translation: “to ask God to tell him what he should do”
1272 1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1273 1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary. # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br><br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
1274 1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where Alternate translation: “This threshing floor is where”
1275 1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings
1276 1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges”
1331 1CH 22 19 b3t4 figs-synecdoche 0 with all your heart and your soul Here “heart” and “soul” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1332 1CH 22 19 qhu2 figs-metonymy 0 Get up and build the holy place It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1333 1CH 22 19 jia8 figs-metonymy 0 the house built for Yahweh’s name Here “name” refers to honor. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the temple you will build to honor Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1334 1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br><br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1335 1CH 23 1 adi9 0 General Information: David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service.
1336 1CH 23 3 g6et figs-activepassive 0 The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Some of David’s men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1337 1CH 23 3 f7mf translate-numbers 0 They numbered thirty-eight thousand “There were 38,000 of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1380 1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month.
1381 1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh Alternate translation: “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh”
1382 1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of Alternate translation: “The Levites were responsible for”
1383 1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br><br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1384 1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments.
1385 1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
1386 1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1453 1CH 24 30 t5a5 0 Mushi Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
1454 1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli … Eder … Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1455 1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
1456 1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve. # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br><br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
1457 1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service Alternate translation: “the work done at the tabernacle”
1458 1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1459 1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1567 1CH 25 31 nb7m translate-ordinal 0 the twenty-fourth This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1568 1CH 25 31 vy25 translate-names 0 Romamti-Ezer Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1569 1CH 25 31 ed4w translate-numbers 0 twelve persons in number “12 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1570 1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots. # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br><br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
1571 1CH 26 1 w2xj 0 General Information: This begins the list of the gatekeepers.
1572 1CH 26 1 e9f7 0 divisions groups
1573 1CH 26 1 g7cp translate-names 0 Korahites See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1824 1CH 28 21 pp3r 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes speaking to Solomon.
1825 1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple.
1826 1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md).
1827 1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God. # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br><br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
1828 1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen”
1829 1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
1830 1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold … to be made of wood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

42
en_tn_14-2CH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br> * Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br> * Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br> * Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br> * The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br> * From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br> * The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br><br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom Alternate translation: “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3,600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand … eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br><br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build … He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named Alternate translation: “Solomon named”
2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br><br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits … ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers … were all made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors … were made of gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br><br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **covenant loyalty**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br><br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones Alternate translation: “killed Adoniram by stoning him”
2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now”
2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br><br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br><br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
2CH 11 1 eq9s figs-metonymy 0 the house of Judah and Benjamin Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 11 1 b7w5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 chosen men “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 11 1 w8fs figs-idiom 0 chosen men who were soldiers “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 12 16 xt65 figs-metaphor 0 Rehoboam slept with his ancestors Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 12 16 b4ei figs-activepassive 0 was buried in the city of David If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 12 16 nn6z figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 13 1 i77c figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2CH 13 2 ruf6 translate-names 0 Macaiah, the daughter of Uriel of Gibeah “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 13 2 ks67 figs-synecdoche 0 There was war between Abijah and Jeroboam The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives … twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words Alternate translation: “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 14 13 j42c figs-euphemism 0 So many Cushites fell Here to “fall” is a euphemism for dying in battle. Alternate translation: “So many Cushites died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 14 13 y95c figs-activepassive 0 for they were completely destroyed before Yahweh and his army If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 14 14 a7vh figs-metaphor 0 for terror of Yahweh had come on the inhabitants The inhabitants of the villages being terrified is spoken of as if terror were an object that came upon them. This could mean: (1) “terror of Yahweh” refers to terror from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had caused the inhabitants to be terrified” or (2) “terror of Yahweh” refers to being terrified of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for the inhabitants were terrified of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br><br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 1 a8dj figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Azariah This is an idiom which means that the spirit of God influenced Azariah and enabled him to prophesy. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God gave Azariah the ability to prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 15 17 q7kg figs-idiom 0 all his days This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 18 tv71 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 15 19 s2k8 translate-ordinal 0 the thirty-fifth year “year 35” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br><br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to Alternate translation: “so that no one could”
@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 16 14 w49e 0 bier A bier is a table on which a dead body is placed at a funeral.
2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br><br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place Alternate translation: “after his father”
2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces Alternate translation: “He places soldiers”
@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords.
2CH 18 34 qv2q figs-activepassive 0 the king of Israel was held up in his chariot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king of Israel up in his chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br><br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
2CH 19 2 qk59 translate-names 0 Hanani, the seer “Hanani” is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 19 2 ms7g 0 went out to meet him Here the word “him” refers to Jehoshaphat.
2CH 19 2 utb7 figs-rquestion 0 Should you be helping the wicked? Should you be loving those who hate Yahweh? These questions expect negative answers to make the point that Jehoshaphat should not have helped Ahab. Alternate translation: “You should not help the wicked! You should not love those who hate Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah … Zebadiah … Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you Alternate translation: “is in charge of you”
2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br><br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 20 1 lg2y translate-names 0 Meunites This was a people group from the region of Meun which was near Edom, east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 20 1 mj86 figs-synecdoche 0 came against Jehoshaphat to do battle Here “Jehoshaphat” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “came against Jehoshaphat’s army to do battle” or “came to fight against Jehoshaphat and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail Alternate translation: “no one was able to sail them”
2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br><br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest.
2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them Alternate translation: “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada”
2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br><br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act”
@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible.
2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back Alternate translation: “brought back his body”
2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David.
2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br><br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 26 1 dq8x translate-numbers 0 sixteen “16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 26 2 ej5d figs-synecdoche 0 It was he who rebuilt Elath Uzziah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: “It was he who ordered Elath to be rebuilt” or “It was he who supervised the rebuilding of Elath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors Alternate translation: “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place Alternate translation: “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br><br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 31 19 a2jb figs-activepassive 0 to all who were listed in the records If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to all whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 31 21 xn3s figs-metaphor 0 to seek his God Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to obey his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 31 21 hpa7 figs-metonymy 0 he performed it with all his heart Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br><br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 32 1 cr8m figs-abstractnouns 0 After these things and these acts of faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CH 32 1 kg14 figs-synecdoche 0 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, came … He camped Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came … They camped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 32 1 ql5r figs-go 0 came and entered Judah Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 34 33 ma9c figs-metonymy 0 Josiah took away all Josiah would have commanded his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “Josiah commanded his workers to take away all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 34 33 w2ik figs-explicit 0 the disgusting things These are the idols that were repulsive to God. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 34 33 fu8n figs-synecdoche 0 For all of his days Josiah’s life is represented by his “days.” Alternate translation: “For all of his life” or “As long as Josiah was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br><br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 35 1 fxr9 0 Josiah kept a Passover to Yahweh Josiah commanded the people to celebrate the Passover that Yahweh had commanded their ancestors to celebrate.
2CH 35 1 bg3u 0 in Jerusalem Yahweh had commanded Moses that all the people of Israel were to go to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover.
2CH 35 1 ha3p translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 35 27 p9ah figs-activepassive 0 and his deeds … are written in the book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds … in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 35 27 dg5g figs-merism 0 his deeds, from beginning to end, This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2CH 35 27 bzc6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists.
2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br><br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 36 1 l5tm translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 36 1 uya6 figs-metaphor 0 in his father’s place The phrase “in his … place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 36 2 wjc8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old … three months “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br> * Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br> * Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br> * Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br> * The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br> * From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br> * The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
3 2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
4 2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5 2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39 2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
40 2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
41 2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
42 2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br><br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
43 2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
44 2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45 2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom Alternate translation: “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
75 2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3,600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
76 2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand … eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
77 2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
78 2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location. # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br><br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
79 2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build … He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
80 2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
81 2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
115 2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named Alternate translation: “Solomon named”
116 2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
117 2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
118 2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way. # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br><br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
119 2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
120 2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits … ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
121 2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
172 2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers … were all made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
173 2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
174 2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors … were made of gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
175 2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br><br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
176 2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177 2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
178 2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel”
195 2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
196 2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **covenant loyalty**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
197 2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
198 2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br><br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
199 2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
200 2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
533 2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones Alternate translation: “killed Adoniram by stoning him”
534 2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
535 2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now”
536 2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel. # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br><br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br><br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
537 2CH 11 1 eq9s figs-metonymy 0 the house of Judah and Benjamin Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
538 2CH 11 1 b7w5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 chosen men “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
539 2CH 11 1 w8fs figs-idiom 0 chosen men who were soldiers “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
610 2CH 12 16 xt65 figs-metaphor 0 Rehoboam slept with his ancestors Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
611 2CH 12 16 b4ei figs-activepassive 0 was buried in the city of David If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
612 2CH 12 16 nn6z figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
613 2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
614 2CH 13 1 i77c figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
615 2CH 13 2 ruf6 translate-names 0 Macaiah, the daughter of Uriel of Gibeah “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
616 2CH 13 2 ks67 figs-synecdoche 0 There was war between Abijah and Jeroboam The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
651 2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives … twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
652 2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words Alternate translation: “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
653 2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
654 2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
655 2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
656 2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him”
657 2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
681 2CH 14 13 j42c figs-euphemism 0 So many Cushites fell Here to “fall” is a euphemism for dying in battle. Alternate translation: “So many Cushites died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
682 2CH 14 13 y95c figs-activepassive 0 for they were completely destroyed before Yahweh and his army If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
683 2CH 14 14 a7vh figs-metaphor 0 for terror of Yahweh had come on the inhabitants The inhabitants of the villages being terrified is spoken of as if terror were an object that came upon them. This could mean: (1) “terror of Yahweh” refers to terror from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had caused the inhabitants to be terrified” or (2) “terror of Yahweh” refers to being terrified of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for the inhabitants were terrified of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
684 2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br><br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
685 2CH 15 1 a8dj figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Azariah This is an idiom which means that the spirit of God influenced Azariah and enabled him to prophesy. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God gave Azariah the ability to prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
686 2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
687 2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
717 2CH 15 17 q7kg figs-idiom 0 all his days This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
718 2CH 15 18 tv71 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
719 2CH 15 19 s2k8 translate-ordinal 0 the thirty-fifth year “year 35” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
720 2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br><br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
721 2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
722 2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
723 2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to Alternate translation: “so that no one could”
758 2CH 16 14 w49e 0 bier A bier is a table on which a dead body is placed at a funeral.
759 2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
760 2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
761 2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br><br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
762 2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place Alternate translation: “after his father”
763 2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
764 2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces Alternate translation: “He places soldiers”
846 2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
847 2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords.
848 2CH 18 34 qv2q figs-activepassive 0 the king of Israel was held up in his chariot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king of Israel up in his chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
849 2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br><br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
850 2CH 19 2 qk59 translate-names 0 Hanani, the seer “Hanani” is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
851 2CH 19 2 ms7g 0 went out to meet him Here the word “him” refers to Jehoshaphat.
852 2CH 19 2 utb7 figs-rquestion 0 Should you be helping the wicked? Should you be loving those who hate Yahweh? These questions expect negative answers to make the point that Jehoshaphat should not have helped Ahab. Alternate translation: “You should not help the wicked! You should not love those who hate Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
883 2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah … Zebadiah … Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
884 2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you Alternate translation: “is in charge of you”
885 2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
886 2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br><br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
887 2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
888 2CH 20 1 lg2y translate-names 0 Meunites This was a people group from the region of Meun which was near Edom, east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
889 2CH 20 1 mj86 figs-synecdoche 0 came against Jehoshaphat to do battle Here “Jehoshaphat” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “came against Jehoshaphat’s army to do battle” or “came to fight against Jehoshaphat and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
962 2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
963 2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
964 2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail Alternate translation: “no one was able to sail them”
965 2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br><br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
966 2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
967 2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
968 2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1040 2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest.
1041 2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1042 2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them Alternate translation: “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada”
1043 2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br><br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1044 2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1045 2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1046 2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act”
1227 2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible.
1228 2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back Alternate translation: “brought back his body”
1229 2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David.
1230 2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br><br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1231 2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1232 2CH 26 1 dq8x translate-numbers 0 sixteen “16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1233 2CH 26 2 ej5d figs-synecdoche 0 It was he who rebuilt Elath Uzziah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: “It was he who ordered Elath to be rebuilt” or “It was he who supervised the rebuilding of Elath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1283 2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1284 2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors Alternate translation: “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
1285 2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place Alternate translation: “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
1286 2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br><br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1287 2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1288 2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1289 2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1515 2CH 31 19 a2jb figs-activepassive 0 to all who were listed in the records If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to all whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1516 2CH 31 21 xn3s figs-metaphor 0 to seek his God Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to obey his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1517 2CH 31 21 hpa7 figs-metonymy 0 he performed it with all his heart Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1518 2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br><br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1519 2CH 32 1 cr8m figs-abstractnouns 0 After these things and these acts of faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1520 2CH 32 1 kg14 figs-synecdoche 0 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, came … He camped Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came … They camped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1521 2CH 32 1 ql5r figs-go 0 came and entered Judah Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1700 2CH 34 33 ma9c figs-metonymy 0 Josiah took away all Josiah would have commanded his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “Josiah commanded his workers to take away all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1701 2CH 34 33 w2ik figs-explicit 0 the disgusting things These are the idols that were repulsive to God. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1702 2CH 34 33 fu8n figs-synecdoche 0 For all of his days Josiah’s life is represented by his “days.” Alternate translation: “For all of his life” or “As long as Josiah was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1703 2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br><br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
1704 2CH 35 1 fxr9 0 Josiah kept a Passover to Yahweh Josiah commanded the people to celebrate the Passover that Yahweh had commanded their ancestors to celebrate.
1705 2CH 35 1 bg3u 0 in Jerusalem Yahweh had commanded Moses that all the people of Israel were to go to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover.
1706 2CH 35 1 ha3p translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1768 2CH 35 27 p9ah figs-activepassive 0 and his deeds … are written in the book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds … in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1769 2CH 35 27 dg5g figs-merism 0 his deeds, from beginning to end, This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1770 2CH 35 27 bzc6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists.
1771 2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br><br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1772 2CH 36 1 l5tm translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1773 2CH 36 1 uya6 figs-metaphor 0 in his father’s place The phrase “in his … place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1774 2CH 36 2 wjc8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old … three months “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

58
en_tn_18-JOB.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Job<br><br>1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)<br> * Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)<br> * Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)<br>1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)<br> * Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each<br>1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)<br> * Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each<br>1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)<br> * Eliphaz and BildadJob replies to each<br>1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)<br>1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)<br>1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)<br>1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)<br>1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)<br><br>### What is the Book of Job about?<br><br>The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Job?<br><br>We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does sin cause suffering?<br><br>When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?<br><br>Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.<br><br>### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?<br><br>We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?<br><br>The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.<br><br>### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?<br><br>The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.
JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wealth<br>Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Feasts<br>Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Job’s faith<br>Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Job<br><br>1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)<br> * Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)<br> * Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)<br>1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)<br> * Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each<br>1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)<br> * Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each<br>1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)<br> * Eliphaz and BildadJob replies to each<br>1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)<br>1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)<br>1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)<br>1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)<br>1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)<br><br>### What is the Book of Job about?<br><br>The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Job?<br><br>We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does sin cause suffering?<br><br>When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?<br><br>Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.<br><br>### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?<br><br>We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?<br><br>The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.<br><br>### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?<br><br>The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.
JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wealth<br><br>Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Feasts<br><br>Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Job’s faith<br>Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JOB 1 1 k5g4 translate-names 0 land of Uz Possible locations are: (1) a place in ancient Edom east of the Jordan River in modern western Jordan or (2) a place east of the Euphrates River in modern Iran. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 1 1 r5aj figs-doublet 0 blameless and upright The words “blameless” and “upright” share similar meanings and emphasize that Job was a righteous man. Alternate translation: “one who did what was right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOB 1 1 qj15 0 one who feared God Alternate translation: “one who honored God”
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ JOB 2 12 kle6 0 they did not recognize him This probably means that Job’s vi
JOB 2 12 jd72 figs-idiom 0 They raised their voices and wept Here “raised their voices” is an idiom that means they became loud. Alternate translation: “They wept out loud” or “They wept loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 2 12 ira1 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe This was a sign of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 2 12 zzf1 translate-symaction 0 threw dust into the air and upon his own head These were signs of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 3 1 hmv8 figs-idiom 0 opened his mouth This idiom means he began to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 3 3 z3eb figs-personification 0 May the day on which I was born perish, the night Job speaks of that day and night as if they were people. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had never been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 3 3 zca2 figs-ellipsis 0 the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived.’ This expression intensifies the statement of Job’s grief by going even further back in time from his birth to his conception. Alternate translation: “the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived’ perish.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JOB 3 24 ya6w 0 my sighing happens instead of eating Alternate translation:
JOB 3 24 jp2u figs-metaphor 0 my groaning is poured out like water Moral qualities and emotions such as grief are often spoken of as if they were water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 3 25 pvp2 figs-parallelism 0 the thing that I feared has come on me; what I was afraid of has come to me These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “what I feared most has happened to me” or “my worst fear has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 3 26 f53t figs-parallelism 0 I am not at ease, I am not quiet, and I have no rest Job expresses his anguish in three separate phrases. Alternate translation: “I am very anxious” or “I am emotionally and physically tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 1 e5n4 translate-names 0 Eliphaz Eliphaz is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 1 c3fq translate-names 0 Temanite A Temanite belongs to the tribe of Teman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 2 y6k8 figs-rquestion 0 will you be impatient? Eliphaz asks this question in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely be impatient.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ JOB 4 20 m44u figs-metaphor 0 Between morning and evening they are destroyed Th
JOB 4 20 znp6 figs-activepassive 0 they are destroyed This may also be put into active form. Alternate translation: “they die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 4 21 n9su figs-rquestion 0 Are not their tent cords plucked up among them? This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Have not their enemies plucked up their tent cords from among them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 21 ugp9 figs-synecdoche 0 their tent cords Here tent cords represent a tent. Sometimes a person’s home and family are pictured as his tent, which can also represent all his possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Sickness and sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Sickness and sin<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 gaw4 figs-rquestion 0 To which of the holy ones will you turn? Eliphaz poses this question to make the point that there is no one Job can turn to for help. Alternate translation: “Is there a holy one to whom you may turn?” or “There is no holy one to whom you can turn for help.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 n2rw 0 holy ones This refers to supernatural beings of some kind, whether angels or other spirits.
JOB 5 2 v7ip 0 jealousy kills the silly one Alternate translation: “jealousy kills anyone who acts ignorantly and impulsively”
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ JOB 5 25 f961 figs-simile 0 your offspring will be like the grass on the ground
JOB 5 26 a9gt 0 You will come to your grave at a full age Alternate translation: “You will die at a very old age”
JOB 5 26 w6jt figs-explicit 0 like a stack of grain bundles that goes up at its time You may need to make explicit that the grain in this simile is fully ripe but not overly ripe. He would neither die young nor become weak in his old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 5 27 uwj5 figs-exclusive 0 See, we have examined this matter; it is like this; listen to it, and know it for yourself The words “we” refers to Job’s friends but not to Job. Alternate translation: “Look, we have thought about this matter. Listen to what I am saying and know that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 2 use6 figs-parallelism 0 if only my anguish were weighed; if only all my calamity were laid in the balance Here the writer uses two different statements to convey a single idea, the burden of Job’s suffering. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if only I could weigh my anguish and all my calamities in the balance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 6 2 cqr6 0 in the balance Alternate translation: “on a scale”
JOB 6 3 l5j1 figs-simile 0 For now it would be heavier than the sand of the seas Job compares the burden of his suffering to the weight of wet sand; both can crush a person. Alternate translation: “For my anguish and calamities would be heavier than the sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ JOB 6 29 hka9 0 Indeed, relent Alternate translation: “Please relent.”
JOB 6 30 km3f figs-rquestion 0 Is there evil on my tongue? “Do I say wicked things?” Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he is not wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not say wicked things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 30 z316 figs-metonymy 0 on my tongue Here Job’s speech is represented by his “tongue.” Alternate translation: “in my speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 6 30 f1ga figs-rquestion 0 Cannot my mouth detect malicious things? Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he can tell the difference between right and wrong. Here Job refers to himself by his “mouth” to emphasize his speech. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know what is right to say and what is wrong to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 nz5u figs-rquestion 0 Does not man have hard labor on earth? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people experience hard work. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “There is hard labor for every person on earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 a1c6 figs-hyperbole 0 on earth This is a generalization that means for the time people are living on the earth. Alternate translation: “while he lives on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOB 7 1 m3yt figs-rquestion 0 Are not his days like the days of a hired man? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people struggle in life. Alternate translation: “And their days are like the days of a hired man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ JOB 7 21 gzz5 figs-parallelism 0 Why do you not pardon my transgression and tak
JOB 7 21 ek8a 0 take away Alternate translation: “remove”
JOB 7 21 yf7g figs-metonymy 0 now will I lie down in the dust The phrase “lie down in the dust” is a metonym that represents dying. Alternate translation: “now I will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 7 21 uz1p 0 I will not exist Alternate translation: “I will not be here” or “I will be gone”
JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 1 emj8 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Verses 2 and 3 each consist of two different questions that have the same meaning. Bildad uses these questions to rebuke Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 8 1 xwz1 0 Connecting Statement: In this chapter, Bildad begins to speak about Job’s complaints.
JOB 8 1 y8y8 translate-names 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ JOB 8 21 e5gp figs-ellipsis 0 your lips with shouting The verb “fill” is un
JOB 8 22 tc4g figs-metaphor 0 Those who hate you will be clothed with shame Here “shame” is spoken of as if it were clothing that God will cause Job’s enemies to wear. This means they will be very ashamed. Alternate translation: “God will cause those who hate you to be very ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 8 22 k5y9 0 the tent of the wicked will be no more Here “tent” refers to the homes of the wicked. Alternate translation: “the houses of the wicked will be destroyed”
JOB 8 22 uz63 0 will be no more Alternate translation: “will not last” or “will be destroyed”
JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 9 2 e369 0 I truly know that this is so Alternate translation: “I know that what you say is true”
JOB 9 2 a9ku 0 this is so Here the word “this” refers to what Bildad said.
JOB 9 2 r4pi 0 how can a person be in the right with God? Alternate translation: “how can anyone be innocent before God?”
@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ JOB 9 34 cc5r figs-metonymy 0 take God’s rod off me Here “God’s rod” is
JOB 9 34 vs1b figs-abstractnouns 0 keep his terror from frightening me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **terror**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “terrify.” Alternate translation: “keep him from terrifying and frightening me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 9 35 fa78 0 Then would I speak up Alternate translation: “Then I would speak”
JOB 9 35 ug86 0 as things are now Alternate translation: “because this is how things are now”
JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 10 1 ch7h 0 I am weary of my life Alternate translation: “I am tired of living”
JOB 10 1 p5cl figs-abstractnouns 0 I will give free expression to my complaint The abstract nouns “expression” and “complaint” can be translated as the verbs “express” and “complain.” Alternate translation: “I will freely express what I have to complain about” or “I will argue freely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 10 1 zk1f figs-metaphor 0 I will speak in the bitterness of my soul How Job feels is compared to a bitter taste. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **bitterness**, you can express the same idea with the adverb “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “My inner being will speak bitterly” or “I will bitterly speak out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ JOB 11 18 f1be figs-idiom 0 would take your rest in safety “Take your rest”
JOB 11 19 fm2w figs-parallelism 0 Also you would lie down in rest … your favor. Zophar repeats the same idea for emphasis and describes the possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOB 11 19 hc18 figs-abstractnouns 0 you would lie down in rest If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rest**, you can express the same idea with the verb “rest.” Alternate translation: “you would lie down and rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 11 20 s359 figs-metaphor 0 the eyes of wicked people will fail Their eyes represent their understanding. Alternate translation: “the understanding of the wicked people will fail” or “the wicked people will not be able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 12 2 dpz4 figs-irony 0 No doubt you are the people; wisdom will die with you Job mocks how they are acting and shows how ridiculous they sound. Alternate translation: “Surely you are such important people that wisdom cannot exist without you” or “You all act like you are the only wise people and that when you die, wisdom will disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 12 2 ba96 0 No doubt Alternate translation: “Surely”
JOB 12 2 dk3z figs-you 0 you This is plural in verses 2 and 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ JOB 12 24 n4ta figs-metaphor 0 He takes away understanding from the leaders of
JOB 12 24 w1re figs-metaphor 0 to wander in a wilderness where there is no path Wandering in a wilderness where there is no path represents being in a difficult situation and not knowing what to do. Alternate translation: “to be unsure of what to do like a person wandering in a wasteland with no path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 25 x7t2 figs-metaphor 0 They grope in the dark without light Being in the dark without light represents lacking knowledge. Alternate translation: “They struggle to make decisions without knowledge as people struggle to walk in the dark without light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 25 a21u figs-simile 0 he makes them stagger like a drunk man Staggering or wandering like a drunk man represents living without purpose. Alternate translation: “he makes them live without purpose like a drunk person who staggers as he walks” or “they wander aimlessly like a drunk person who staggers back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 13 1 i5ce 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues to speak to his friends.
JOB 13 1 i4pc 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
JOB 13 1 d8w1 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye has seen all this Job referred to himself as his eye since it is with his eyes that he saw these things. Alternate translation: “I have seen all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ JOB 13 27 x3kd figs-synecdoche 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my f
JOB 13 27 l15n figs-metaphor 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my feet have walked Examining this ground represents examining all that Job has done. Alternate translation: “it is as though you examine the ground where I have walked” or “you examine everything I do like a person examining someone’s footprints on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 13 28 mlj8 figs-simile 0 like a rotten thing that wastes away Job compares his life to something that is decaying. He is slowly dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 13 28 fq5k figs-simile 0 like a garment that moths have eaten Job compares himself to clothes that are full of holes because the moths have eaten parts of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection<br>The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 14 1 d6in figs-gendernotations 0 Man, who is born of woman This refers to all people, both men and women; all are born into this world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JOB 14 1 u162 figs-hyperbole 0 lives only a few days This is an exaggeration to emphasize that people live only a short time. Alternate translation: “lives only a very short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOB 14 1 pfe3 figs-explicit 0 is full of trouble Being “full of trouble” represents experiencing much trouble. Alternate translation: “has many troubles” or “suffers much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ JOB 14 20 uah1 figs-euphemism 0 he passes away Passing away represents dying. A
JOB 14 20 p3dh 0 you change his face This could mean: (1) the pain just before dying makes his face contract or (2) when a person dies, God makes the person’s face look different.
JOB 14 20 lq7f figs-metaphor 0 send him away to die This represents causing him to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 14 21 m7cw figs-metaphor 0 if they are brought low Being brought low represents being shamed. Alternate translation: “if they are disgraced” or “if people shame them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 1 v5mb translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite This is the name of a man. People from Teman are known as Temanites. See how you translated this in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 15 2 mw8h figs-rquestion 0 Should a wise man answer with useless knowledge and fill himself with the east wind? Eliphaz uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A wise man should not answer with useless knowledge nor fill himself with the east wind.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 2 hd46 figs-metaphor 0 fill himself with the east wind The wind represents emptiness. This phrase speaks of a person speaking empty and meaningless words as if that person were full of the wind. Alternate translation: “fill himself with empty words” or “only have meaningless words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ JOB 15 34 rr5n 0 the company of godless people Alternate translation: “the g
JOB 15 34 v3q1 figs-possession 0 fire will consume their tents of bribery The phrase “tents of bribery” means that the wicked people bought these tents with the money they made by bribery. Alternate translation: “the tents they bought with their bribes will be burned by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JOB 15 35 x22k figs-parallelism 0 They conceive mischief and give birth to iniquity; their womb conceives deceit The same thought is repeated three times to emphasize how much evil these people produce. This speaks of a person planning to do evil things and doing them as if the person were conceiving and giving birth to these things as a woman conceives and gives birth to a child. Alternate translation: “They plan to cause mischief and do evil things; they are always planning to deceive others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 15 35 u7sb figs-synecdoche 0 their womb conceives Here the “womb” is used to refer to the person to emphasize conception, as it is in the womb that conception takes place. Alternate translation: “they conceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s response<br>Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s response<br>Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Advocate<br><br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 16 2 t7wj 0 you are all miserable comforters Alternate translation: “instead of comforting me, you all make me more miserable”
JOB 16 3 p7ga figs-rquestion 0 Will useless words ever have an end? Job uses this rhetorical question to express that he wishes that they would stop speaking useless words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “How I wish your useless words would end!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 16 3 g4tp figs-rquestion 0 What is wrong with you that you answer like this? Job uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Eliphaz. Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Eliphaz, who just finished speaking to Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Eliphaz, you should stop answering me like this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ JOB 16 20 v43g figs-hyperbole 0 my eye pours out tears Job describes how strong
JOB 16 21 izh8 figs-123person 0 for this man “for me.” Here Job refers to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JOB 16 21 kk12 figs-simile 0 as a man does with his neighbor! “as a man does for his neighbor.” Job describes how he wants that one in heaven to plead for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 16 22 z81v figs-explicit 0 I will go to a place Here Job is referring to himself dying. Alternate translation: “I will die and go to a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s grief<br>Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s grief<br>Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])<br><br>### Advocate<br><br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 17 1 c8r6 figs-synecdoche 0 My spirit is consumed Job refers to himself by his “spirit” to emphasize his inner emotions. He speaks of not having any strength left as if he were something that has been used up. Alternate translation: “I am consumed” or “I have lost all of my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 17 1 yjx4 0 my days are over Alternate translation: “my time is over” or “I am going to die soon”
JOB 17 1 awv1 figs-personification 0 the grave is ready for me This phrase describes “the grave” as if it is a person who will receive Job as a guest. Alternate translation: “soon I will be dead and buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ JOB 19 29 tw35 figs-metonymy 0 then be afraid of the sword Possible meanings ar
JOB 19 29 t8gg figs-abstractnouns 0 because wrath brings the punishment of the sword The abstract nouns “wrath” and “punishment” can be expressed with the adjective “angry” and the verb “punish.” This could mean: (1) God’s anger results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because God will be angry with you and punish you” or (2) the anger of Job’s friends results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because if you are so angry with me, God will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 19 29 yy9j 0 brings Alternate translation: “causes” or “results in”
JOB 19 29 n1i1 figs-abstractnouns 0 there is a judgment If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you can express the same idea with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God judges people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 1 p292 0 General Information: Zophar replies to Job.
JOB 20 1 chh1 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Since this is the second time that Zophar speaks, some translations omit “the Naamathite” here.
JOB 20 2 eef1 figs-metaphor 0 My thoughts make me answer quickly The idea of Zophar’s thoughts making him do something represents his strong desire to do something. Alternate translation: “I want very much to answer you quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ JOB 20 28 wi73 0 his goods Alternate translation: “his possessions”
JOB 20 28 e2e8 figs-metonymy 0 the day of God’s wrath Here “wrath” represents punishment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wrath**, you can express the same idea with the verb punish. Alternate translation: “the day when God punishes people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 20 29 d9w5 figs-metaphor 0 This is the wicked man’s portion from God Here “portion from God” represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him. Alternate translation: “This is what God has decided should happen to the wicked man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 29 a1s8 figs-metaphor 0 the heritage reserved for him by God This represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “what God has planned to give to him” or “what God has planned should happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancestor’s sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancestor’s sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 21 1 l3vp 0 Connecting Statement: Job begins to answer Zophar’s accusations.
JOB 21 3 x7gy 0 Put up with me Alternate translation: “Allow me” or “Be patient with me”
JOB 21 3 w3a4 figs-irony 0 mock on “you can continue mocking me.” Job is using sarcasm to imply that his friends would ignore what he would say and continue to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ JOB 21 33 eqt1 figs-synecdoche 0 The clods of the valley will be sweet to him J
JOB 21 33 p9wd figs-hypo 0 all people will follow after him, as there were innumerable people before him Job emphasizes that a large crowd of people will be in the funeral procession of this imaginary wicked man to honor him. Alternate translation: “a huge number of people go to the grave site; some go in front of the procession and some come behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOB 21 34 aa8a 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Job’s speech to his friends.
JOB 21 34 j6yy figs-rquestion 0 How then do you comfort me with nonsense, since in your answers there is nothing but falsehood? Job uses a question to scold his friends. Alternate translation: “You cannot comfort me with nonsense. All of your answers are false.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 1 cea8 translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 22 2 r9kd figs-parallelism 0 Can a man be useful to God? Can a wise man be useful to him? Both questions mean basically the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that a person’s actions and wisdom do not benefit God. Alternate translation: “A man cannot be useful to God. A wise man cannot be useful to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 3 h3pe figs-parallelism 0 Is it any pleasure to the Almighty if you are righteous? Is it gain to him if you make your ways blameless? Both of these statements mean the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that Job’s actions do not help God. Alternate translation: “The Almighty does not receive any pleasure if you are righteous. He does not gain anything if you make your ways blameless.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ JOB 22 29 yck5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Eliphaz’s speech to Jo
JOB 22 29 xgw4 figs-idiom 0 the one with lowered eyes Here “lowered eyes” refers to humility. Alternate translation: “the humble person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 22 30 f84n figs-metaphor 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Job being innocent is spoken of as if his hands were physically clean. The phrase “who will be rescued” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will rescue even the person who is not innocent because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 22 30 wrz4 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Some versions of the Bible read, “He rescues the innocent person; so he will rescue you when your hands are clean”
JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br><br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 23 2 fi9s 0 Even today my complaint is bitter Here “Even today” emphasizes that his friends arguments have not changed Job’s situation at all. Alternate translation: “In spite of what you have said, my complaint is still bitter”
JOB 23 2 ke1p figs-idiom 0 my complaint is bitter Job speaks of his unanswered complaint against God as if it was a bitter taste in his mouth. Alternate translation: “my unanswered complaint is as bad as bitter food in my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 23 2 cm2j figs-metonymy 0 my hand … heavy because of my groaning This could mean: (1) “I can barely lift my hand because of my groaning” or (2) “God’s hand continues to make me suffer in spite of my groaning” where “hand” refers to God’s power to punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ JOB 23 16 p6ma figs-parallelism 0 For God has made my heart weak; the Almighty
JOB 23 16 d4fw figs-idiom 0 made my heart weak A person whose heart is weak is a person who is timid or fearful. Alternate translation: “made me afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 23 17 dng4 figs-explicit 0 I have not been brought to an end by darkness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) “The thick darkness in front of me has not made me silent” or (2) “Darkness has not stopped me” or “God has stopped me, not the darkness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 23 17 qpa8 figs-synecdoche 0 the gloom of my face Here Job refers to himself by his “face.” Alternate translation: “my sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br><br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 1 mg7h 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues speaking.
JOB 24 1 thc8 figs-rquestion 0 Why are times for judging wicked people not set by the Almighty? Job uses this question to express his frustration that God has not judged evil. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not understand why God does not set a time when he will judge wicked people.” or “The Almighty should set a time when he will judge wicked people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 24 1 ej3y figs-rquestion 0 Why do not those who are faithful to God see his days of judgment come? Job uses this question to express his frustration that the righteous have not seen God judge evil. Alternate translation: “It seems that those who obey him never get to see him judge the wicked.” or “God should show the day he will judge the wicked to those who know him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ JOB 24 24 ix1v figs-activepassive 0 they will be gathered up like all the other
JOB 24 24 mqt2 figs-simile 0 they will be cut off like the tops of ears of grain These wicked people will be cut off in the same way heads of grain are cut off during harvest. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cut them off like a farmer cuts off the top of a stalk of grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 24 25 cfk7 figs-rquestion 0 If it is not so, who can prove me to be a liar; who can make my speech worth nothing? Job uses this question to express the certainty of his argument. The implicit answer is: “no one.” Alternate translation: “This is true, and no one can prove that I am a liar; no one can prove me wrong.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 25 iy58 0 make my speech worth nothing Alternate translation: “prove what I say is wrong”
JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s holiness and man’s sin<br>Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s holiness and man’s sin<br>Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 25 1 vb52 0 Bildad the Shuhite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md).
JOB 25 2 cz5c figs-abstractnouns 0 Dominion and fear are with him Here “him” refers to God. The abstract nouns “dominion” and “fear” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “God rules over all and people should fear only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 25 2 t8t1 0 he makes order in his high places of heaven Alternate translation: “he makes peace in the high heaven”
@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ JOB 25 5 kt4v 0 the stars are not pure in his sight Here “pure” means “p
JOB 25 6 c7kh figs-parallelism 0 How much less man … a son of man, who is a worm These two lines say the same thing and are used together to emphasize that man is not perfect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 25 6 h6x7 figs-metaphor 0 who is a worm Bildad states that human beings are as worthless as worms. Alternate translation: “who is as worthless as a worm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 25 6 l7b7 figs-metonymy 0 a son of man This is another way of referring to a person. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br>Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 2 lud4 figs-irony 0 How you have helped one … the arm that has no strength In these statements, Job is accusing Bildad. The word “one” refers to Job. And, the word “arm” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am powerless and have no strength, but you act like you have helped me; but really, you have not helped me at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 26 3 s1r5 figs-irony 0 How you have advised one who has no wisdom and announced to him sound knowledge Job is saying that Bildad has not provided him with good advice and knowledge. Alternate translation: “You act like I have no wisdom and that you have advised me, that you have given me good advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 3 y2kk 0 announced to him sound knowledge Alternate translation: “given him good advice”
@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ JOB 34 36 w7eb 0 of his talking like wicked men Alternate translation: “of h
JOB 34 37 jr4v figs-explicit 0 he adds rebellion This refers to rebellion against God. Alternate translation: “he adds rebellion against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 34 37 fm5k figs-explicit 0 he claps his hands in mockery in our midst In this accusation, this means that Job clapped his hands to strengthen his mockery of God. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands as he mocks God in our midst” or “he mocks God right in front of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 34 37 g7nc figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words against God Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br>Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br><br>Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JOB 35 2 s9jw figs-rquestion 0 Do you think this is just…‘My right before God’? Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right…‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just…‘My right before God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 35 2 yh9l 0 Do you think this is just when you say Alternate translation: “Do you think it is right for you to say”
JOB 35 2 g7jg figs-you 0 Do you think Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ JOB 37 20 x2hn figs-metaphor 0 to be swallowed up Elihu speaks of a person bein
JOB 37 22 l64j figs-metaphor 0 over God is fearsome majesty The word “fearsome” means that it causes fear. Elihu speaks of God’s majesty as if it were something that rests upon God. Alternate translation: “God’s majesty causes people to fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 37 23 c4sd figs-metaphor 0 we cannot find him This could mean: (1) “we cannot approach him” or (2) this is a metaphor in which Elihu speaks of a person’s being unable to fully understand God as if he could not find God. Alternate translation: “we cannot comprehend him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 37 24 n2pv figs-metonymy 0 those who are wise in their own minds Here “minds” represents the person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “those who are wise in their own thinking” or “those who consider themselves to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 1 b53y 0 Then Yahweh called Here, the word “then” marks the beginning of a new part of the book. See if your language has a similar way to introduce a new scene. Alternate translation: “After all that had happened, Yahweh called.
JOB 38 1 zh2u 0 called to Job Alternate translation: “answered Job” or “responded to Job”
JOB 38 1 zk13 0 out of a fierce storm Alternate translation: “from a powerful storm”
@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ JOB 38 41 hc2b 0 ravens large birds with shiny black feathers that feed on dea
JOB 38 41 y9ey figs-explicit 0 cry out to God The implied information is that the ravens are crying out for food. Alternate translation: “cry to God for help” or “cry out for God to give them food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 38 41 nde9 0 stagger about This means to walk around in an unsteady way.
JOB 38 41 i8kr 0 for lack of food Alternate translation: “because they have no food” or “because they have nothing to eat”
JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
JOB 39 1 b1wa figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Yahweh uses four questions to emphasize that he is greater than Job because Yahweh takes care of the wild mountain goats and deer and Job does not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 39 1 sw6i 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
JOB 39 1 m8kw figs-rquestion 0 Do you know at what time … bear their young? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not know when … bear their young!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@ JOB 39 30 e2b5 0 His young It may be helpful to state that this happens after
JOB 39 30 s29l 0 drink up blood Alternate translation: “drink the blood of the animal that he killed”
JOB 39 30 iv5j 0 where killed people are “where there are dead people.” This phrase refers to dead bodies that are lying out in the open, not to bodies that are buried in the ground.
JOB 39 30 nx3p figs-explicit 0 there he is It can be made explicit that he comes to eat the dead bodies. Alternate translation: “he is there to eat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Irony<br>Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Irony<br><br>Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 40 1 jlf1 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
JOB 40 2 kpm1 figs-rquestion 0 Should anyone who wishes to criticize try to correct the Almighty? Yahweh is rebuking Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one who wants to criticize me should try to argue with me, for I am Almighty God.” or “You, a person, want to criticize me, Almighty God, but you should not try to correct me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 40 2 p78z figs-pronouns 0 He who argues with God, let him answer Yahweh speaks of Job and himself as if they were two other people to remind Job that no person anywhere should argue with God. Alternate translation: “You want to argue with me, so answer me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ JOB 40 22 k86u 0 willows of the brook Willows are large trees that grow in dam
JOB 40 23 vbe3 0 banks sides of the river
JOB 40 23 x8nv 0 though the Jordan should surge up to his mouth Alternate translation: “even if the flood of the Jordan should come up to his mouth”
JOB 40 24 uyb7 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone capture him with a hook … snare? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can capture him with a hook or pierce his nose through with a snare.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 41 1 tg8a figs-rquestion 0 Can you draw out Leviathan with a fishhook? God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot draw out Leviathan with a fishhook.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 41 1 f9dw 0 draw out pull out of the water
JOB 41 1 li7c figs-ellipsis 0 Or tie up his jaws with a cord? The words “can you” are understood from the previous question. They can be repeated here. God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Or can you tie up his jaws with a cord?” or “And you know that you cannot tie up his jaws with a cord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ JOB 41 33 f5nc 0 him Leviathan
JOB 41 34 b5cm 0 He sees everything that is proud Alternate translation: “He is very, very proud”
JOB 41 34 c959 figs-personification 0 he is king over all the sons of pride Leviathan is spoken of as if he were a person who is able to become king and be proud. Alternate translation: “Leviathan has more reason to be proud than anyone else on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 41 34 n88z 0 He … he Leviathan
JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br><br>Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JOB 42 2 bdu3 figs-ellipsis 0 I know that you can do all things, that no purpose of yours can be stopped You may want to repeat the words “I know.” Alternate translation: “I know that you can do all things. I know that no purpose of yours can be stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOB 42 2 wu37 figs-activepassive 0 no purpose of yours can be stopped This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one can stop any of your plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 42 3 b75d figs-rquestion 0 Who is this The ULT and most modern versions agree that Job is loosely quoting God’s own words from [Job 38:2](../38/02.md). You may decide, as does the UST, to make it clear that God asked this question of Job and that Job is now remembering it. Alternate translation: “You said to me, ‘Who is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

18
en_tn_20-PRO.tsv
View File

@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ PRO 1 32 t8af 0 naive inexperienced or immature
PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **indifference**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something
PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words Alternate translation: “if you listen to what I am teaching you”
PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ PRO 2 20 fiw6 figs-metaphor 0 you will walk in the way … follow the paths A p
PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked … the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ PRO 3 33 q866 figs-metonymy 0 he blesses the home of righteous people The word
PRO 3 34 kb65 figs-metaphor 0 he gives his favor to humble people The writer speaks of Yahweh’s favor as if it were an object that he gives to people. Alternate translation: “he shows his favor to humble people” or “he is gracious to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 3 35 y7vz figs-metaphor 0 Wise people inherit honor The writer speaks of wise people obtaining a reputation of honor as if they inherited honor as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Wise people will obtain honor” or “Wise people will gain an honorable reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 3 35 b6jx figs-metaphor 0 fools will be lifted up in their shame The writer speaks of Yahweh making the shame of fools evident to everyone as if Yahweh were lifting fools up for everyone to see them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause everyone to see the shame of fools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 4 1 hqv1 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
PRO 4 1 zck6 0 pay attention Alternate translation: “listen carefully”
PRO 4 1 s4lm 0 you will know what understanding is Alternate translation: “you will know how to understand” or “you will gain understanding”
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ PRO 4 26 g2a2 0 a level path Alternate translation: “a smooth path” or “
PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md).
@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ PRO 16 31 y1am figs-activepassive 0 it is gained If your language does not use
PRO 16 32 x3rg figs-metaphor 0 one who rules his spirit The writer speaks of a person being able to control his own temper and emotions as if he ruled over his spirit like a king rules his people. Alternate translation: “one who controls his temper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 16 33 ei8c figs-activepassive 0 The lots are cast into the lap If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person throws the lots into his lap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 16 33 js5x 0 the decision is from Yahweh This could mean: (1) Yahweh decides how the lots will land or (2) it is not the lots, but Yahweh who determines what will happen.
PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 17 1 ecu4 figs-metonymy 0 to have quiet Here “quiet” refers to “peace.” Alternate translation: “to have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 17 1 p2y8 figs-ellipsis 0 than a house full of feasting with strife The words “to have” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “than to have a house full of feasting with strife” or “than to be in a house full of feasting where there is strife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 17 3 fh66 figs-explicit 0 The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. Alternate translation: “The crucible is used to refine silver and the furnace is used to refine gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ PRO 21 30 n8kt figs-abstractnouns 0 There is no wisdom, there is no understandi
PRO 21 30 k3pe 0 stand against Yahweh Alternate translation: “defeat Yahweh” or “work against what Yahweh wants to do” or “show that he is right and Yahweh is wrong”
PRO 21 31 j1hq figs-activepassive 0 The horse is prepared for the day of battle These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soldiers prepare horses for the day of battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 21 31 i6w8 figs-idiom 0 the day of battle The word “day” refers to time that may be longer or shorter than a day. Alternate translation: “when there is a battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 22 1 but9 figs-activepassive 0 A good name is to be chosen over great riches These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person should choose a good name rather than great riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 22 1 m8c7 0 A good name Alternate translation: “To have others think that one is a good person”
PRO 22 3 nt9p 0 A prudent man “A man who is wise” or “A man who has good sense.” See how you translated “prudent” in [Proverbs 12:16](../12/16.md).
@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ PRO 23 34 q7lv figs-idiom 0 lies on the top of a mast The place on the mast whe
PRO 23 34 lxy2 0 mast the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship
PRO 23 35 c4na 0 They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it. Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything.
PRO 23 35 d6ej 0 When will I wake up? The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop.
PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 24 1 d1dq 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
PRO 24 2 dw7g figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PRO 24 2 m8px figs-synecdoche 0 their lips The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ PRO 29 25 t3gk figs-activepassive 0 the one who trusts in Yahweh will be protec
PRO 29 26 sa3k figs-metonymy 0 Many are those who seek the face of the ruler The word “face” is a metonym for the ruler listening to people telling him what they want him to do and then doing it. Alternate translation: “Many people want their ruler to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 29 26 w96b figs-abstractnouns 0 from Yahweh is justice for a person It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 29 27 c4s9 0 detestable a person who should be hated. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md).
PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 30 1 u8l9 translate-names 0 Agur … Jakeh … Ithiel … Ucal These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PRO 30 1 v8qt 0 Agur son of Jakeh This is the literal son of Jakeh, not a grandchild.
PRO 30 1 ic3d 0 the utterance Alternate translation: “the message”
@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ PRO 30 29 dc44 0 stately majestic or dignified, like a king
PRO 30 31 e3z8 0 strutting rooster an adult male chicken that walks proudly
PRO 30 33 kgm4 0 churning strongly stirring
PRO 30 33 nj7p 0 butter Animal milk that someone has stirred and made thick.
PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 31 2 nw5l figs-rquestion 0 What, my son? What is it, son of my womb? What do you want, son of my vows? The rhetorical question **What** could mean: (1) “What are you doing?” or “You should not be doing what you are doing” or (2) “What shall I tell you?” or “Listen to what I am telling you” or (3) “Do not do the things I am about to warn you against.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 31 2 ag7f 0 my son … son of my womb … son of my vows The speaker wants the hearer to notice carefully and to respect the one who is talking to him.
PRO 31 2 ye5f 0 son of my womb The womb is a synecdoche for the person. It is best to use a polite term for the body part in which babies grow before they are born.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
71 PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **indifference**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
73 PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something
74 PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son. # Proverbs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
75 PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
76 PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words Alternate translation: “if you listen to what I am teaching you”
77 PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
119 PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
120 PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked … the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
121 PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
122 PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
123 PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
124 PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
125 PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
177 PRO 3 34 kb65 figs-metaphor 0 he gives his favor to humble people The writer speaks of Yahweh’s favor as if it were an object that he gives to people. Alternate translation: “he shows his favor to humble people” or “he is gracious to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
178 PRO 3 35 y7vz figs-metaphor 0 Wise people inherit honor The writer speaks of wise people obtaining a reputation of honor as if they inherited honor as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Wise people will obtain honor” or “Wise people will gain an honorable reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179 PRO 3 35 b6jx figs-metaphor 0 fools will be lifted up in their shame The writer speaks of Yahweh making the shame of fools evident to everyone as if Yahweh were lifting fools up for everyone to see them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause everyone to see the shame of fools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
180 PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) # Proverbs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
181 PRO 4 1 hqv1 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
182 PRO 4 1 zck6 0 pay attention Alternate translation: “listen carefully”
183 PRO 4 1 s4lm 0 you will know what understanding is Alternate translation: “you will know how to understand” or “you will gain understanding”
236 PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
237 PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
238 PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
239 PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) # Proverbs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
240 PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
241 PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
242 PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md).
959 PRO 16 32 x3rg figs-metaphor 0 one who rules his spirit The writer speaks of a person being able to control his own temper and emotions as if he ruled over his spirit like a king rules his people. Alternate translation: “one who controls his temper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
960 PRO 16 33 ei8c figs-activepassive 0 The lots are cast into the lap If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person throws the lots into his lap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
961 PRO 16 33 js5x 0 the decision is from Yahweh This could mean: (1) Yahweh decides how the lots will land or (2) it is not the lots, but Yahweh who determines what will happen.
962 PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
963 PRO 17 1 ecu4 figs-metonymy 0 to have quiet Here “quiet” refers to “peace.” Alternate translation: “to have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
964 PRO 17 1 p2y8 figs-ellipsis 0 than a house full of feasting with strife The words “to have” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “than to have a house full of feasting with strife” or “than to be in a house full of feasting where there is strife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
965 PRO 17 3 fh66 figs-explicit 0 The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. Alternate translation: “The crucible is used to refine silver and the furnace is used to refine gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1305 PRO 21 30 k3pe 0 stand against Yahweh Alternate translation: “defeat Yahweh” or “work against what Yahweh wants to do” or “show that he is right and Yahweh is wrong”
1306 PRO 21 31 j1hq figs-activepassive 0 The horse is prepared for the day of battle These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soldiers prepare horses for the day of battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1307 PRO 21 31 i6w8 figs-idiom 0 the day of battle The word “day” refers to time that may be longer or shorter than a day. Alternate translation: “when there is a battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1308 PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Proverbs 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1309 PRO 22 1 but9 figs-activepassive 0 A good name is to be chosen over great riches These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person should choose a good name rather than great riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1310 PRO 22 1 m8c7 0 A good name Alternate translation: “To have others think that one is a good person”
1311 PRO 22 3 nt9p 0 A prudent man “A man who is wise” or “A man who has good sense.” See how you translated “prudent” in [Proverbs 12:16](../12/16.md).
1454 PRO 23 34 lxy2 0 mast the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship
1455 PRO 23 35 c4na 0 They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it. Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything.
1456 PRO 23 35 d6ej 0 When will I wake up? The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop.
1457 PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1458 PRO 24 1 d1dq 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
1459 PRO 24 2 dw7g figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1460 PRO 24 2 m8px figs-synecdoche 0 their lips The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1847 PRO 29 26 sa3k figs-metonymy 0 Many are those who seek the face of the ruler The word “face” is a metonym for the ruler listening to people telling him what they want him to do and then doing it. Alternate translation: “Many people want their ruler to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1848 PRO 29 26 w96b figs-abstractnouns 0 from Yahweh is justice for a person It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1849 PRO 29 27 c4s9 0 detestable a person who should be hated. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md).
1850 PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1851 PRO 30 1 u8l9 translate-names 0 Agur … Jakeh … Ithiel … Ucal These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1852 PRO 30 1 v8qt 0 Agur son of Jakeh This is the literal son of Jakeh, not a grandchild.
1853 PRO 30 1 ic3d 0 the utterance Alternate translation: “the message”
1911 PRO 30 31 e3z8 0 strutting rooster an adult male chicken that walks proudly
1912 PRO 30 33 kgm4 0 churning strongly stirring
1913 PRO 30 33 nj7p 0 butter Animal milk that someone has stirred and made thick.
1914 PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1915 PRO 31 2 nw5l figs-rquestion 0 What, my son? What is it, son of my womb? What do you want, son of my vows? The rhetorical question **What** could mean: (1) “What are you doing?” or “You should not be doing what you are doing” or (2) “What shall I tell you?” or “Listen to what I am telling you” or (3) “Do not do the things I am about to warn you against.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1916 PRO 31 2 ag7f 0 my son … son of my womb … son of my vows The speaker wants the hearer to notice carefully and to respect the one who is talking to him.
1917 PRO 31 2 ye5f 0 son of my womb The womb is a synecdoche for the person. It is best to use a polite term for the body part in which babies grow before they are born.

24
en_tn_21-ECC.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

16
en_tn_22-SNG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br><br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br><br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs Alternate translation: “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song”
SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.”
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ SNG 1 16 xed8 0 The lush plants plants that are green, moist, and grow abundan
SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams … rafters This could mean: (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars … firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br><br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ SNG 2 17 d8mw 0 like a gazelle or a young stag See how you translated this in
SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md).
SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer
SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains Alternate translation: “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br><br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him … could not find him Alternate translation: “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there”
SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city Alternate translation: “walk through the city”
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ SNG 3 11 i961 0 daughters of Zion Alternate translation: “you young women wh
SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown Alternate translation: “wearing the crown”
SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br><br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ SNG 4 16 kdi9 0 may give off their fragrance Alternate translation: “may sen
SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved … choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit Alternate translation: “wonderful fruit”
SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br><br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ SNG 5 16 w3vr 0 he is completely lovely Alternate translation: “every part o
SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br><br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone Alternate translation: “Which way did your beloved go”
SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ SNG 6 13 za54 figs-pronouns 0 we may gaze Some versions understand the plural t
SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time
SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies Alternate translation: “as if she were dancing between two armies”
SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br><br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br><br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ SNG 7 13 xbk7 figs-explicit 0 at the door The doors belong to their house. Alte
SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old Alternate translation: “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you Alternate translation: “saved so I can give to you”
SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br><br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br><br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside Alternate translation: “you in public”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3 SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger. # Song of Songs 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br><br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br><br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
4 SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
5 SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs Alternate translation: “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song”
6 SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.”
58 SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
59 SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams … rafters This could mean: (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
60 SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars … firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
61 SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) # Song of Songs 2 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br><br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
62 SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
63 SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
64 SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
143 SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md).
144 SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer
145 SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains Alternate translation: “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
146 SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Song of Songs 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br><br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him … could not find him Alternate translation: “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there”
148 SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
149 SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city Alternate translation: “walk through the city”
187 SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
188 SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown Alternate translation: “wearing the crown”
189 SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
190 SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. # Song of Songs 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br><br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
191 SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
192 SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
193 SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
267 SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved … choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
268 SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
269 SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit Alternate translation: “wonderful fruit”
270 SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. # Song of Songs 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br><br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
271 SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
272 SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
273 SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
345 SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
346 SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
347 SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
348 SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Song of Songs 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br><br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
349 SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
350 SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone Alternate translation: “Which way did your beloved go”
351 SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
398 SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time
399 SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
400 SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies Alternate translation: “as if she were dancing between two armies”
401 SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) # Song of Songs 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br><br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br><br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
402 SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
403 SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
404 SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
457 SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old Alternate translation: “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
458 SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you Alternate translation: “saved so I can give to you”
459 SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
460 SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. # Song of Songs 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br><br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br><br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
461 SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
462 SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
463 SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside Alternate translation: “you in public”

114
en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

48
en_tn_24-JER.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)<br> * Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)<br> * Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)<br> * Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)<br> * Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)<br>1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)<br> * Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)<br> * Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)<br> * The people will come back (32:1–44)<br> * Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)<br>1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)<br> * Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)<br> * While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)<br> * After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)<br> * Egypt (46:1–28)<br> * Philistia (47:1–28)<br> * Moab (48:1–47)<br> * Ammon (49:1–6)<br> * Edom (49:7–22)<br> * Damascus (49:23–27)<br> * Kedar (49:28–33)<br> * Elam (49:34–39)<br> * Babylonia (50:1–51:64)<br>1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?<br><br>The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.<br><br>Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.<br><br>King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.<br><br>Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?<br><br>Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.<br><br>### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?<br><br>Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.”
JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah appointed as prophet<br><br>God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Northern kingdom<br>This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.<br><br>### Opposition<br>The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)<br> * Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)<br> * Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)<br> * Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)<br> * Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)<br>1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)<br> * Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)<br> * Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)<br> * The people will come back (32:1–44)<br> * Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)<br>1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)<br> * Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)<br> * While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)<br> * After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)<br> * Egypt (46:1–28)<br> * Philistia (47:1–28)<br> * Moab (48:1–47)<br> * Ammon (49:1–6)<br> * Edom (49:7–22)<br> * Damascus (49:23–27)<br> * Kedar (49:28–33)<br> * Elam (49:34–39)<br> * Babylonia (50:1–51:64)<br>1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?<br><br>The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.<br><br>Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.<br><br>King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.<br><br>Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?<br><br>Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.<br><br>### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?<br><br>Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.”
JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah appointed as prophet<br><br>God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Northern kingdom<br><br>This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.<br><br>### Opposition<br><br>The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 1 1 zm8t 0 Jeremiah son of Hilkiah, one of the priests Alternate translation: “Jeremiah son of Hilkiah. Jeremiah was one of the priests”
JER 1 1 ynh2 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 1 1 hbs3 translate-names 0 Anathoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JER 2 36 f9em figs-ellipsis 0 just as you were by Assyria The word “disappoin
JER 2 37 e943 0 You will also go out from there Alternate translation: “You will go out from Egypt”
JER 2 37 tk5j translate-symaction 0 with your hands on your head This is a symbol of shame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JER 2 37 dzs3 figs-activepassive 0 so you will not be helped by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so they will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah told to repent<br><br>If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Adultery<br>Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah told to repent<br><br>If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Adultery<br><br>Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
JER 3 1 b8c6 figs-rquestion 0 will he return to her again? God uses this question to remind the people that a man would never return to his wife if another man marries her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would not return to her again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 3 1 wfd2 figs-rquestion 0 Would that land not be greatly polluted? God uses this question to remind the people that a married man would not return to his wife if she married another man, because he knows that the land would become ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “He knows that if he did, the land would be greatly polluted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 3 1 f5ac figs-metaphor 0 greatly polluted This is a metaphor for being terribly unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “completely unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ JER 4 31 fqh9 figs-simile 0 distress as in the birth This simile is used to sho
JER 4 31 l6l7 figs-metaphor 0 the daughter of Zion God shows his love for the people of Jerusalem by speaking of them as a daughter. Alternate translation: “my dear daughter, Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 4 31 j9ka 0 Woe to me Alternate translation: “I am in great danger”
JER 4 31 r56w 0 I am fainting Alternate translation: “I am becoming weak”
JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Hyperbole<br>It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 5 1 wtq8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 5 1 a164 0 Rush about through the streets Alternate translation: “Go quickly through the streets”
JER 5 1 ig3t 0 Then look and think about this Alternate translation: “look and find out”
@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ JER 5 31 m6tl 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit, and the priests rule with t
JER 5 31 jd9n 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit Alternate translation: “The prophets prophesy lies” or “The prophets tell lies when they prophesy”
JER 5 31 md9e figs-explicit 0 the priests rule with their own power This could mean: (1) the priests do not submit to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “the priests rule by their own authority” or (2) the priests rule according to the directions of the prophets (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 5 31 lf6j figs-rquestion 0 but what will happen in the end? “but what will you do at the end of all of this?” Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people will regret being wicked when he punishes them for it. Alternate translation: “but in the end I will punish you and you will be regret your wicked behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gods and battle<br>In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gods and battle<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JER 6 1 h511 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
JER 6 1 f21l figs-idiom 0 Find safety … by leaving Jerusalem Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe … by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem … so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 6 1 a8g6 0 people of Benjamin This is who Yahweh was speaking to.
@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ JER 6 29 a9dw figs-explicit 0 the lead is consumed in the flames The silver has
JER 6 29 fd3z figs-activepassive 0 The refining continues among them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will continue to refine them” or “You will continue to try to purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 29 ujx6 figs-activepassive 0 because the evil is not removed God speaks of Israel continuing to be evil as if they were silver and the impurities remained in the silver. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the evil remains” or “the impurities remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 30 q4md figs-activepassive 0 They will be called rejected silver, for If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will say about the people of Israel, ‘They are rejected silver,’ for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice in society<br>Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Do not pray for this people”<br>Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice in society<br><br>Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Do not pray for this people”<br>Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 7 1 y68e figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 7 2 bj92 0 all you of Judah Alternate translation: “all you people of Judah”
JER 7 3 vlv3 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah.
@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ JER 7 34 cm8g 0 I will put an end to Alternate translation: “I will remove f
JER 7 34 w3gl figs-doublet 0 the sound of joy and the sound of gladness These two phrases mean almost the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. The abstract nouns “joy” and “gladness” can be translated using the verb “rejoicing” and the adjective “glad.” Alternate translation: “the sounds of people rejoicing and being glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 7 34 mbc1 figs-metonymy 0 the sound of the groom and the sound of the bride This is a metonym for what happens at marriage ceremonies. Alternate translation: “and people celebrating marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 7 34 t5xh figs-abstractnouns 0 will become a desolation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **desolation**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “desolate.” Alternate translation: “will become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br>The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JER 8 1 w8bg 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to speak of his judgment on the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 x5ig 0 they will bring This word “they” here refers to the enemies of the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 c3wu 0 its officials Alternate translation: “its princes” or “its rulers”
@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ JER 8 20 ey1x 0 The harvest has passed on Alternate translation: “Harvest ti
JER 8 20 d3mu figs-activepassive 0 But we have not been saved Jeremiah tells what the people of Judah are saying. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh has not saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 8 21 epc5 figs-parallelism 0 I am hurt because of the hurt of the daughter of my people. I mourn at the horrible things that have happened to her; I am dismayed These statements express the same idea in more than one way for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 8 22 j9cz figs-rquestion 0 Is there no medicine in Gilead? Is there no healer there? Why will the healing of the daughter of my people not happen? These questions are asked to make the point that the people of Judah have not been saved. Alternate translation: “There is medicine in Gilead, and there are healers there, so tell me why the healing of my dear people will not happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Funeral<br>This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Funeral<br><br>This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 dw2v 0 General Information: Yahweh and Jeremiah continue talking about the people of Judah.
JER 9 1 rjn7 figs-parallelism 0 If only my head could produce water, and my eyes be a fountain of tears This is Jeremiah speaking. These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how much Jeremiah is weeping. Alternate translation: “I wish I could make more tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 f1ez figs-merism 0 day and night By mentioning both “day” and “night” this phrase means all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ JER 14 20 z8n3 0 We admit, Yahweh, our offenses, the iniquity of our ancestors
JER 14 21 ur4i figs-metonymy 0 For the sake of your name Here Yahweh’s “name” refers to his reputation. Alternate translation: “For the sake of your reputation” or “In order that everyone can see that you are very great and keep your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 14 21 h4sh figs-metonymy 0 your glorious throne Yahweh’s “throne” is represented by Zion, that is Jerusalem. His “throne” also represents the place where he rules as king. Alternate translation: “do disgrace Zion where you glorious throne is” or “do not disgrace Zion, where you rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 14 22 my15 0 can the skies themselves send down showers Alternate translation: “Can the skies decide when they make the rain to fall?”
JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Do not pray for the people<br><br>God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Yahweh uses Gentile nations<br>Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Do not pray for the people<br><br>God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Yahweh uses Gentile nations<br><br>Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 1 w1rn 0 General Information: Jeremiah has just been praying to Yahweh.
JER 15 1 az7b figs-explicit 0 were standing in front of me, I would still not be in favor of this people This implies that they are pleading for Yahweh to spare the people. Alternate translation: “were standing in front of me pleading for these people, I would still not be in favor of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 1 g56c figs-parallelism 0 Send them out from before me, for them to go away Yahweh repeats this idea of sending away his people to add emphasis to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ JER 17 25 i3jj figs-metonymy 0 those who sit on David’s throne Here the thron
JER 17 25 r4s3 figs-activepassive 0 this city will be inhabited forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will inhabit this city forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 17 27 xjp9 0 I will light a fire in its gates Alternate translation: “I will set the gates of Jerusalem on fire”
JER 17 27 r5tg figs-activepassive 0 it cannot be put out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cannot put it out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Attacking Jeremiah<br>Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Attacking Jeremiah<br><br>Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 18 1 ad7f figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said, ‘Arise” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah: ‘Arise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 18 2 ww5x 0 the potter’s house “the workshop of the potter.” A potter is someone who makes pots from clay.
JER 18 3 z9ps 0 behold! The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ JER 19 13 u9v5 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean people People who are not acceptable
JER 19 15 ut7s 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 19 15 d4pr 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
JER 19 15 rv5y figs-parallelism 0 stiffened their neck and refused to listen These two phrases both speak of the people being stubborn. In the first phrase, Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had made their necks stiff. Alternate translation: “stubbornly refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pashhur<br>This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### Jeremiah’s reaction<br>Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pashhur<br><br>This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### Jeremiah’s reaction<br>Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 20 1 l4ka writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 20 1 xjd1 translate-names 0 Pashhur … Immer These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 20 2 h7fz figs-metonymy 0 Pashhur beat Jeremiah This could mean: (1) that Pashhur himself beat Jeremiah or (2) that Pashhur ordered other men to beat Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ JER 29 31 ysp9 0 Shemaiah the Nehelamite See how you translated this man’s n
JER 29 32 h1dk figs-nominaladj 0 the good This can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 29 32 q7ck figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 29 32 bs4i figs-123person 0 he has proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “he has urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God promises restoration<br><br>Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel.
JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God promises restoration<br><br>Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel.
JER 30 1 f64q figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 30 3 iwm1 0 For look “For listen carefully.” This phrase brings attention to what Yahweh is going to say next.
JER 30 3 s2us figs-metaphor 0 days are coming … when I will restore the fortunes Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will restore the fortunes” or “there will be a time … when I will restore the fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ JER 30 20 tnn9 figs-activepassive 0 their assembly will be established before m
JER 30 21 nyu6 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translates this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 30 23 u8p2 figs-metaphor 0 See, the tempest of Yahweh, his fury, has gone out This speaks of God’s anger and punishment as if it were a storm. This emphasizes his power and ability to destroy wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 30 24 wc7x figs-abstractnouns 0 his heart’s intentions If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **intentions**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “intends.” The heart is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “what he intends to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.<br><br>The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.<br><br>This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group.
JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.<br><br>The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.<br><br>This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br><br>In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group.
JER 31 1 p3h6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 31 2 ht7e figs-idiom 0 The people who have survived the sword have found favor in the wilderness The phrase “found favor” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “While the people who have survived the sword have been in the wilderness, I have had grace on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 31 2 ml2j figs-metonymy 0 who have survived the sword The word “sword” is a metonym for war. Alternate translation: “who have survived the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ JER 31 40 bf2f figs-activepassive 0 The whole valley … will be set apart for
JER 31 40 z7hx translate-names 0 Kidron Valley … Horse Gate These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 31 40 j8yq 0 set apart Alternate translation: “made holy”
JER 31 40 gu9q figs-metaphor 0 The city will not be pulled up or overthrown again The city is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone could pull out of the ground or a building that someone could break down. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow anyone to pull up or overthrow the city again” or “No one will tear the city down or destroy it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter.
JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br><br>The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter.
JER 32 1 xs6y figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:2](../01/02.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 32 1 mul1 0 in the tenth year of Zedekiah king of Judah, the eighteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar Alternate translation: “after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for more than nine years and Nebuchadnezzar had been king for more than seventeen years”
JER 32 2 nkx2 figs-activepassive 0 Jeremiah the prophet was imprisoned This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were keeping Jeremiah as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ JER 32 43 s9q4 figs-you 0 you are saying Here “you” refers to the people of
JER 32 43 mhj8 figs-metonymy 0 It has been given into the hand of the Chaldeans Here “hand” is a metonym for power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has given it to the Chaldeans” or “Yahweh has given the Chaldeans power over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 32 44 ytf6 0 write in sealed scrolls. They will assemble witnesses The “sealed scrolls” are the deeds that a person would sign to purchase land. Other people would be witnesses to confirm the purchase.
JER 32 44 tg5c figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br><br>Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
JER 33 1 zhp8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 33 1 rj9y figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Jeremiah a second time, while he was … guard, saying, The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah a second time, while Jeremiah was … guard. He said,” or “While Jeremiah was … guard, Yahweh spoke this second message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 33 1 wa3r figs-123person 0 came to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ JER 33 26 x6zy figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the wor
JER 33 26 w9mt figs-hypo 0 then I will reject … and not bring The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If I have not established the covenant” in verse 25 ends here. This is a situation that Yahweh never expects to be true. Alternate translation: “I have established the covenant … so I will never reject … and I will bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JER 33 26 z156 0 I will restore their fortunes “I will cause things to go well for them again” or “I will cause them to live well again” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
JER 33 26 e4m9 0 show mercy to Translate as “have compassion on” is translated in ([Jeremiah 30:18](../30/18.md)).
JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Law of Moses<br>According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Actions with cultural meaning<br><br>When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br><br>According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Actions with cultural meaning<br><br>When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 34 1 z8xz figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, when Nebuchadnezzar … her cities, saying: This idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah when Nebuchadnezzar … her cities. He said,” or “When Nebuchadnezzar … her cities, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 34 1 d4fn figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name in this chapter. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 34 1 p1vd 0 waging war Alternate translation: “fighting”
@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@ JER 40 15 mj6g figs-activepassive 0 to be scattered This can be translated in a
JER 40 15 pxq9 figs-activepassive 0 the remnant of Judah destroyed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow the Chaldeans to destroy the remnant of Judah” or “and allow the remnant of Judah to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JER 40 15 zr8s 0 remnant of Judah “remnant of the people of Judah.” See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 40:11](../40/11.md).
JER 40 16 gc11 0 Ahikam See how you translated this name in [Jeremiah 26:24](../26/24.md).
JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Judah<br>This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Judah<br><br>This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 41 1 mz9m 0 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 41 1 rce7 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 41 1 va8n translate-names 0 Ishmael son of Nethaniah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:8](../40/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2663,7 +2663,7 @@ JER 41 17 b8j8 0 they went Alternate translation: “Johanan, his companions,
JER 41 17 di1c translate-names 0 Geruth Kimham This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 41 18 k3qd figs-explicit 0 because of the Chaldeans It is implied that they were afraid that the Chaldeans would attack them. Alternate translation: “because they thought the Chaldeans may attack them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 41 18 iuc2 figs-metonymy 0 in charge of the land Here “land” represents the people. Alternate translation: “in charge of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Babylon<br>The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Babylon<br><br>The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 42 1 jc5i translate-names 0 Johanan … Kareah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:13](../40/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 42 1 w479 translate-names 0 Jezaniah … Hoshaiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 42 1 h1f8 figs-merism 0 all the people from the least to the greatest This is a way to refer to people from every social status. Here “least” and “greatest” represent those who are least important and those who are most important. Alternate translation: “all the people from every social status” or “all the people, including the least important and the most important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ JER 42 21 bn7i figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here “voice”
JER 42 22 ewj3 0 now The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
JER 42 22 ah9a figs-metonymy 0 you will die by sword Here “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “you will die in warfare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 42 22 b8em figs-explicit 0 in the place where you desired to go to live They desired to live in Egypt. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Egypt, where you thought you would be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### They did not believe Jeremiah<br>After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Babylon invades Egypt<br>Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.<br><br>## Other possible translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Symbolic actions<br>Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### They did not believe Jeremiah<br><br>After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Babylon invades Egypt<br><br>Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.<br><br>## Other possible translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Symbolic actions<br><br>Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 43 1 ufu5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 43 2 wg2c translate-names 0 Azariah This could mean: (1) this is another name for Jezaniah in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md) or (2) this is a different son of Hoshaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 43 2 a3qd translate-names 0 Hoshaiah See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@ JER 45 5 jtj1 figs-rquestion 0 But are you hoping for great things for yourself
JER 45 5 m1dh 0 For see Alternate translation: “For understand” or “Be aware”
JER 45 5 n1jc figs-metaphor 0 your life as your plunder everywhere you will go Allowing Baruch to escape and remain alive is spoken of as if his life were plunder that he would take after a battle. Alternate translation: “but wherever you go, I will protect you and allow you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 45 5 a5tu 0 plunder things stolen from a place by force
JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.<br><br>This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Justice<br>Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Battle preparations<br>Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.
JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.<br><br>This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br><br>Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Battle preparations<br><br>Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.
JER 46 1 sfw3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 46 1 e496 figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 46 2 q4ql 0 For Egypt This phrase indicates this message is intended for the nation of Egypt.
@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ JER 46 27 cfi7 figs-parallelism 0 my servant Jacob, do not fear. Do not be dism
JER 46 27 n8yh 0 from the land of their captivity Alternate translation: “from the land where they are captives”
JER 46 28 r2ij figs-abstractnouns 0 I will bring complete destruction against all the nations If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you can express the same idea with the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 46 28 h92x figs-doublenegatives 0 will certainly not leave you unpunished This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will certainly punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Flood waters<br>This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Flood waters<br><br>This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 47 1 up7u figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah The idiom “the word of Yahweh that came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 47 1 z4d3 figs-idiom 0 This word came to him The idiom “this word came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave this message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 47 1 n7b3 figs-metonymy 0 before Pharaoh Here “Pharaoh” represents the Egyptians army. Alternate translation: “before Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -3051,7 +3051,7 @@ JER 48 46 k4g8 figs-activepassive 0 your sons are taken as captives and your da
JER 48 47 b2it 0 I will restore the fortunes of Moab “I will cause things to go well for Moab again” or “I will cause Moab to live well again.” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
JER 48 47 ei27 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 48 47 i5t1 0 The judgment on Moab ends here Alternate translation: “That is the end of what Jeremiah prophesied about Moab”
JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant with Abraham<br><br>Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 49 1 q42f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 49 1 tz36 0 Yahweh says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 49 1 rj3z figs-rquestion 0 Does Israel have no children? Is there no one to inherit anything in Israel? Why does Molech occupy Gad, and his people live in its cities? Yahweh uses a question to express that the people of Israel should be living in Gad rather than those who worship Molech. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are plenty of Israelites to inherit the land of Israel. The people who worship the false idol, Molech, should not live in Gad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ JER 49 37 l2b9 figs-metaphor 0 I will bring disaster against them Yahweh causin
JER 49 37 kkm4 figs-metonymy 0 the sword after them Here “sword” represents the enemy army carrying their weapons. Alternate translation: “the enemy army to pursue and kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 49 38 we6b figs-metonymy 0 I will put my throne in Elam Here “throne” represents Yahweh’s right to rule and judge as the king. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 49 39 s61m 0 in later days Alternate translation: “in the future”
JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br><br>The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 50 1 mzg3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God gives Jeremiah a message about Babylon. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 50 1 je71 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that Yahweh declared This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 50 1 k291 figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 37:2](../37/02.md). Alternate translation: “through Jeremiah, who was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ JER 50 45 fwh2 figs-metaphor 0 Their pasturelands will be turned into ruined pl
JER 50 46 q28h figs-metaphor 0 At the sound of conquered Babylon the earth shakes This phrase compares the fall of the once powerful nation of Babylon to the extremely loud noise of an earthquake. Alternate translation: “The fall of Babylon will sound like a mighty earthquake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 50 46 sue1 0 distress pain or unhappiness
JER 50 46 y112 0 their shout of distress Alternate translation: “their shout of pain”
JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])<br><br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])<br><br>### Covenant with Abraham<br><br>Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JER 51 1 bz33 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 51 1 mgs4 0 See This draws attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention”
JER 51 1 az5v 0 a wind of destruction This could mean: (1) “a wind that destroys” or (2) “the spirit of a destroyer.” This would mean that Yahweh would cause or inspire the enemy army to go and attack Babylon.

Can't render this file because it is too large.

16
en_tn_26-EZK.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezekiel<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)<br>1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)<br>1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)<br>1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)<br>1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)<br> * A new shepherd (34:1–31)<br> * Edom destroyed (35:1–15)<br> * Israel restored (36:1–37:28)<br> * Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)<br> * Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)<br><br><br>### What is Ezekiel about?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?<br><br>Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Ezekiel’s temple?<br><br>Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.<br><br>### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?<br><br>The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])<br><br>It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.<br><br>Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.<br><br>### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?<br><br>This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.”
EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezekiel<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)<br>1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)<br>1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)<br>1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)<br>1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)<br> * A new shepherd (34:1–31)<br> * Edom destroyed (35:1–15)<br> * Israel restored (36:1–37:28)<br> * Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)<br> * Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)<br><br><br>### What is Ezekiel about?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?<br><br>Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Ezekiel’s temple?<br><br>Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.<br><br>### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?<br><br>The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])<br><br>It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.<br><br>Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.<br><br>### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?<br><br>This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.”
EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Ezekiel’s call<br><br>Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 1 1 xqf6 translate-ordinal 0 In the thirtieth year This is the thirtieth year of Ezekiel’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 1 1 ad2n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourth month, and the fifth day of the month “the fifth day of the fourth month.” This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifth day is around the end of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ EZK 3 26 z3pl figs-metonymy 0 house This is a metonym for the family that lives
EZK 3 27 pfr1 0 I will open your mouth Alternate translation: “I will make you able to speak”
EZK 3 27 sy4s 0 the one who will not listen will not listen Alternate translation: “the one who refuses to listen will not listen”
EZK 3 27 v6ss 0 Lord Yahweh See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:4](../02/04.md).
EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Destruction of Jerusalem<br><br>The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 1 thl9 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 4 1 cn59 figs-explicit 0 carve the city of Jerusalem You may need to make explicit that Ezekiel is to carve a picture. Alternate translation: “carve a picture of the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 4 2 hk4u 0 lay siege against it Alternate translation: “surround the city in order to capture it”
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ EZK 4 16 kdq7 0 rationing giving small amounts of something of which there is
EZK 4 16 xi3f figs-metonymy 0 rationing it in trembling The word “shaking” is a metaphor for being afraid and “trembling” represents fear. Alternate translation: “rationing it while shaking” or “rationing it in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 4 17 s15b figs-explicit 0 every man will be dismayed at his brother and waste away This could mean: (1) “everyone will look at his brother and worry about how much food his brother eats and waste away” or (2) “every one of them will be dismayed and waste away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 4 17 bv4j figs-metaphor 0 waste away The phrase “waste away” is usually used of flesh or wood rotting. Here it is a metaphor for wicked people becoming thin and dying because they have no food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.
EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The destruction of Jerusalem<br><br>The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.
EZK 5 1 wtm2 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 5 1 het3 0 barber’s razor Alternate translation: “blade for cutting hair”
EZK 5 1 p4tg 0 pass the razor over your head and your beard Alternate translation: “shave your head and your face” or “remove the hair from your head and the beard from your face”
@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ EZK 24 27 xr34 figs-activepassive 0 your mouth will be opened up If your langua
EZK 24 27 t54k figs-litotes 0 you will speak—you will no longer be silent Both of these phrases mean that Ezekiel will speak. In the second phrase it is stated in negative form to emphasize that he will speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZK 24 27 x42v figs-metaphor 0 You will be a sign for them Here the word “sign” refers to something that communicates a special warning to those who see it. Yahweh speaks of Ezekiel and his actions as being this warning. See how you translated this metaphor in [Ezekiel 12:6](../12/06.md). Alternate translation: “You will be a warning for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 24 27 v14c figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Prophecy against other nations<br>This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Prophecy against other nations<br><br>This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 25 1 fc5p figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 25 2 hr8s 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 25 2 t1h5 translate-symaction 0 set your face against the people of Ammon This is a command to stare at the people of Ammon as a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “stare at the people of Ammon” or “stare at the people of Ammon so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ EZK 25 16 f57y 0 Behold This tells the reader to pay special attention to what
EZK 25 16 y9w5 figs-metonymy 0 I will reach out with my hand against the Philistines Here Yahweh’s power is represented by his “hand.” Alternate translation: “I will turn my powerful hand against the Philistines” or “I will turn my great power against the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 25 16 td5r figs-idiom 0 I will cut off This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will destroy” or “I will get rid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 25 16 sc1u translate-names 0 Kerethites people who lived in the city of Kereth in Philistia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 26 1 t2ex translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 26 1 z8up translate-ordinal 0 on the first day of the month “on day 1 of the month.” It is uncertain which month of the Hebrew calendar Ezekiel meant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 26 1 qf5l figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ EZK 26 20 npm2 figs-personification 0 then I will bring you down to the people
EZK 26 20 k4z8 figs-metonymy 0 the pit This refers to the grave. Because the grave was thought to be the entrance to the world of the dead, the pit also represents that world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 26 20 c3ul figs-metaphor 0 stand in the land of the living This represents being restored to the city’s former existence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 26 21 lui3 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will place disaster on you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **disaster**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “terrible” or the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will bring you to a terrible end” or “I will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 27 1 w529 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 27 2 x6yp 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 27 2 zc5g figs-abstractnouns 0 begin a lamentation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lamentation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “lament.” Alternate translation: “begin to lament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ EZK 36 37 qz48 figs-metonymy 0 I will be asked by the house of Israel Here “h
EZK 36 37 l77n figs-metaphor 0 to increase them like a flock of people Yahweh causing the people to multiply greatly and quickly is spoken of as if they were a flock of sheep. Sheep multiply very quickly. Alternate translation: “to make them multiply like a flock of sheep” or “to make the people multiply quickly like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 36 38 e5pt figs-activepassive 0 Like the flock is set apart for sacrifices, like the flock in Jerusalem at her appointed feasts The phrase “is set apart” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Like the great number of sheep that the people set apart for sacrifices or bring to Jerusalem for the appointed feasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 36 38 g2vl figs-metaphor 0 so will the ruined cities be filled with flocks of people This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so will the great number of people be who will be living in the cities that are now ruined but the people will rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br>God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br><br>God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 37 1 l68y 0 General Information: Ezekiel is speaking.
EZK 37 1 pqu1 figs-metonymy 0 The hand of Yahweh was upon me The word “hand” is often used to refer to someone’s power or action. A person with his hand on another person has power over that other person. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh was controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 37 1 j93q 0 in the midst Alternate translation: “in the middle”
@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ EZK 47 19 vu4h 0 the brook of Egypt a very large ravine in the northeast part
EZK 47 20 u2zi translate-names 0 Hamath This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 47 23 hhn8 0 Then it will happen that See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 21:7](../21/07.md).
EZK 47 23 w2zf figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well.
EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well.
EZK 48 1 d7s2 0 one portion of land Alternate translation: “one piece of the land that you will distribute”
EZK 48 1 tj9i 0 boundary will run … boundary will go Alternate translation: “boundary will be … boundary will be”
EZK 48 1 gf1l 0 Hethlon This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 47:15](../47/15.md).

Can't render this file because it is too large.

8
en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
View File

@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ DAN 4 36 c3xy 0 my noblemen sought my favor Alternate translation: “my noble
DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought … greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of Alternate translation: “he drank wine in the presence of”
@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive 0 A chain of gold was put around his neck If y
DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius Alternate translation: “King Darius decided”
DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom shall not be destroyed If your l
DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end Alternate translation: “he will rule forever”
DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vis
DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br><br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
308 DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought … greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
309 DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
310 DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
311 DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet. # Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
312 DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
313 DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
314 DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of Alternate translation: “he drank wine in the presence of”
383 DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
384 DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
385 DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
386 DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all. # Daniel 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
387 DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
388 DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius Alternate translation: “King Darius decided”
389 DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
450 DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end Alternate translation: “he will rule forever”
451 DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
452 DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
453 DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) # Daniel 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
454 DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
455 DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
456 DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
619 DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
620 DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
621 DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
622 DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers. # Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br><br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
623 DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
624 DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
625 DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

14
en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br> * Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br> * Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br> * The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br> * Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br> * Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br> * Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br> * Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br> * Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br> * Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br> * The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br> * Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br> * Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br> * Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br> * Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ HOS 1 10 lb2w figs-activepassive 0 it will be said to them If your language doe
HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ HOS 5 14 rse7 0 I, even I Yahweh is emphasizing that he is the one that is bri
HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people.
HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br><br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent.
HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces … he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us … he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ HOS 6 10 f2vh 0 Israel has become unclean Israel has become unacceptable to Go
HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security
HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br><br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ HOS 8 12 ww4c figs-hypo 0 I could write down my law for them ten thousand times
HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians.
HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br><br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br><br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with.
@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ HOS 10 14 yp1i 0 It will be as Shalman destroyed Beth Arbel on a day of battle
HOS 10 14 fc5f translate-names 0 Shalman This is the name of a king who destroyed the city of Beth Arbel around 740 BC. His army murdered women and children in the attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 14 ist7 translate-names 0 Beth Arbel This is likely the name of a city of the tribe of Naphtali. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 15 wql9 figs-metonymy 0 So it will happen to you, Bethel, because of your great wickedness Here “Bethel” represents the people who live there. The prophet addresses the people of Bethel as if they were there listening to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 11 1 h8vd 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child.
HOS 11 1 w4nm figs-metaphor 0 When Israel was a young man Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 11 1 y9f3 figs-metaphor 0 I called my son out of Egypt “son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ HOS 13 16 y8fa figs-metonymy 0 Samaria will be guilty, for she has rebelled aga
HOS 13 16 g4vn figs-euphemism 0 They will fall Here to “fall” represents dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
HOS 13 16 w5hv figs-metonymy 0 by the sword Here the “sword” represents the enemy soldiers who used swords in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 13 16 kms6 figs-activepassive 0 their young children will be dashed to pieces, and their pregnant women will be ripped open These phrases can be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “the enemy will dash their young children to pieces, and they will rip open the pregnant women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br><br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
HOS 14 1 x5ih 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 14 1 e3je figs-metaphor 0 for you have fallen because of your iniquity Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 14 2 bl3b figs-explicit 0 Take with you words This probably means words of confession and praise. Alternate translation: “Confess your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br> * Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br> * Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br> * The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br> * Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br> * Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br> * Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br> * Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]]) # Introduction to Hosea<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br> * Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br> * Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br> * The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br> * Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br> * Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br> * Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br> * Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
3 HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
4 HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5 HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22 HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23 HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
24 HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25 HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) # Hosea 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
26 HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
27 HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
28 HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
179 HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
180 HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people.
181 HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Hosea 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br><br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183 HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent.
184 HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces … he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
185 HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us … he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
204 HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
205 HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
206 HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security
207 HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel. # Hosea 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br><br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
208 HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
209 HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
210 HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
271 HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
272 HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
273 HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians.
274 HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking. # Hosea 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br><br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br><br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
275 HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
276 HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
277 HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with.
360 HOS 10 14 fc5f translate-names 0 Shalman This is the name of a king who destroyed the city of Beth Arbel around 740 BC. His army murdered women and children in the attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
361 HOS 10 14 ist7 translate-names 0 Beth Arbel This is likely the name of a city of the tribe of Naphtali. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
362 HOS 10 15 wql9 figs-metonymy 0 So it will happen to you, Bethel, because of your great wickedness Here “Bethel” represents the people who live there. The prophet addresses the people of Bethel as if they were there listening to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
363 HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Hosea 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
364 HOS 11 1 h8vd 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child.
365 HOS 11 1 w4nm figs-metaphor 0 When Israel was a young man Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
366 HOS 11 1 y9f3 figs-metaphor 0 I called my son out of Egypt “son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
465 HOS 13 16 g4vn figs-euphemism 0 They will fall Here to “fall” represents dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
466 HOS 13 16 w5hv figs-metonymy 0 by the sword Here the “sword” represents the enemy soldiers who used swords in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
467 HOS 13 16 kms6 figs-activepassive 0 their young children will be dashed to pieces, and their pregnant women will be ripped open These phrases can be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “the enemy will dash their young children to pieces, and they will rip open the pregnant women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
468 HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking. # Hosea 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br><br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
469 HOS 14 1 x5ih 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
470 HOS 14 1 e3je figs-metaphor 0 for you have fallen because of your iniquity Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
471 HOS 14 2 bl3b figs-explicit 0 Take with you words This probably means words of confession and praise. Alternate translation: “Confess your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

8
en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br> * Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br> * The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br> * The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br> * The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br> * Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br> * Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br> * Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br> * The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br> * The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br> * The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br> * Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br> * Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ JOL 1 16 ppt5 figs-doublet שִׂמְחָ֥ה וָ⁠גִֽיל 1 joy and gladne
JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt
JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain
JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams
JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet … sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming.
JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 2 st7t וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 gloom total or partial darkness
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠
JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOL 2 32 e73u וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים 1 survivors These **survivors** are people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster.
JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br><br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention”
JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 3 1 c3ys אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָשִׁ֛יב אֶת־שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 when I return the exiles of Judah and Jerusalem Alternate translation: “When I send the exiles back to Judah and Jerusalem”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br> * Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br> * The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br> * The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br> * The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br> * Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br> * Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) # Introduction to Joel<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br> * Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br> * The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br> * The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br> * The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br> * Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br> * Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3 JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) # Joel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
35 JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt
36 JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain
37 JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams
38 JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) # Joel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
39 JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet … sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming.
40 JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41 JOL 2 2 st7t וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 gloom total or partial darkness
99 JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
100 JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
101 JOL 2 32 e73u וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים 1 survivors These **survivors** are people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster.
102 JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole. # Joel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br><br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
103 JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention”
104 JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
105 JOL 3 1 c3ys אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָשִׁ֛יב אֶת־שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 when I return the exiles of Judah and Jerusalem Alternate translation: “When I send the exiles back to Judah and Jerusalem”

10
en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
View File

@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AMO 1 14 hpu5 figs-metaphor 0 with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind The fi
AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest … whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms.
AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **captivity**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of … even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ AMO 2 15 q2w6 figs-explicit 0 the fast runner will not escape The implied infor
AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked This could mean: (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day Alternate translation: “at that time”
AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word Alternate translation: “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you … against the whole family Alternate translation: “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family”
AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel … the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ AMO 3 15 law2 0 The houses of ivory “the houses that are decorated with ivor
AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals
AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br><br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ AMO 4 13 krg8 figs-123person 0 he who forms the mountains … reveals his thoug
AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness This could mean: (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br><br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br><br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ AMO 6 14 yze1 0 look Alternate translation: “listen” or “pay attention
AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season
AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br><br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look … look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md).
AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest Alternate translation: “after the king takes his share from the harvest”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
60 AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest … whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms.
61 AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
62 AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **captivity**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63 AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) # Amos 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
64 AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of … even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
65 AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66 AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
114 AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked This could mean: (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
115 AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day Alternate translation: “at that time”
116 AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
117 AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message. # Amos 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
118 AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word Alternate translation: “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
119 AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you … against the whole family Alternate translation: “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family”
120 AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel … the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
165 AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals
166 AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
167 AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
168 AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) # Amos 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br><br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
169 AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
170 AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
171 AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
216 AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness This could mean: (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
217 AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
218 AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
219 AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) # Amos 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br><br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br><br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
220 AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
221 AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
222 AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
323 AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
324 AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
325 AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season
326 AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) # Amos 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br><br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
327 AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look … look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
328 AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md).
329 AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest Alternate translation: “after the king takes his share from the harvest”

14
en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

8
en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br><br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ NAM 1 14 s2bh figs-explicit 0 I will dig your graves It is implied that Yahweh
NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one … he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br><br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you”
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ NAM 2 13 hg33 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pa
NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br><br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 3 2 n52r 0 the noise of whips and the sound of rattling wheels, prancing horses, and bounding chariots These phrases describe the sound of chariots rushing through the streets as their drivers use their whips on the horses.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book. # Introduction to Nahum<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
3 NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly. # Nahum 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br><br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
4 NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6 NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
43 NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
44 NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one … he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
45 NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
46 NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism. # Nahum 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br><br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
47 NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
48 NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
49 NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you”
90 NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91 NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
92 NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93 NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) # Nahum 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br><br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
94 NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
95 NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
96 NAM 3 2 n52r 0 the noise of whips and the sound of rattling wheels, prancing horses, and bounding chariots These phrases describe the sound of chariots rushing through the streets as their drivers use their whips on the horses.

6
en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br><br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ HAB 2 19 u5fx 0 See, it is overlaid Alternate translation: “Look at it. You
HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report This could mean: (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.”
HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him. # Introduction to Habakkuk<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
3 HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh. # Habakkuk 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br><br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
4 HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5 HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
116 HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
117 HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
118 HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
119 HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) # Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
120 HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
121 HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report This could mean: (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.”
122 HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

8
en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br> * Philistia (2:4–7)<br> * Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br> * Egypt (2:12)<br> * Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br> * Philistia (2:4–7)<br> * Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br> * Egypt (2:12)<br> * Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ZEP 1 17 cq1r figs-simile 0 Their blood will be poured out like dust Their bloo
ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEP 2 2 j7xn 0 that day This phrase relates to the “day of Yahweh.” Translate as you did similar phrases in [Zephaniah 1:9](../01/09.md).
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ ZEP 2 15 pvv7 figs-idiom 0 said in her heart This idiom means “said to hersel
ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror Alternate translation: “a horrible place to see”
ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh.
ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled Alternate translation: “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br> * Philistia (2:4–7)<br> * Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br> * Egypt (2:12)<br> * Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation. # Introduction to Zephaniah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br> * Philistia (2:4–7)<br> * Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br> * Egypt (2:12)<br> * Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
3 ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) # Zephaniah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
4 ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
5 ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
63 ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
64 ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
65 ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
66 ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) # Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
67 ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
68 ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
69 ZEP 2 2 j7xn 0 that day This phrase relates to the “day of Yahweh.” Translate as you did similar phrases in [Zephaniah 1:9](../01/09.md).
110 ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
111 ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror Alternate translation: “a horrible place to see”
112 ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh.
113 ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) # Zephaniah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
114 ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
115 ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
116 ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled Alternate translation: “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”

6
en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br><br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius … Haggai … Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ HAG 1 14 n1e7 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh stirred up the spirit of the governor of J
HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem
HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br><br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved. # Introduction to Haggai<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
3 HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]) # Haggai 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br><br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
4 HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5 HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius … Haggai … Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
30 HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem
31 HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
32 HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
33 HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) # Haggai 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br><br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
34 HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
35 HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36 HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

20
en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br> * Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br> * Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br> * The measuring line (2:1–13)<br> * The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br> * The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br> * The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br> * The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br> * Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br> * Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br> * Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br> * Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br> * Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br> * Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br> * Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br> * The measuring line (2:1–13)<br> * The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br> * The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br> * The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br> * The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br> * Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br> * Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br> * Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br> * Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br> * Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br><br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ZEC 2 12 e1sr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will inherit Judah as his rightful possess
ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest.
ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin Alternate translation: “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin”
ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ ZEC 3 9 i5c3 figs-metaphor 0 There are seven eyes on this single stone The side
ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave Alternate translation: “carve”
ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire
ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ ZEC 5 9 xf59 figs-merism 0 They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven T
ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br><br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br><br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains”
ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ ZEC 6 14 f3px 0 for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial Some modern versions in
ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br><br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ ZEC 8 22 nz8j figs-metonymy 0 mighty nations This is a metonym for the people i
ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you Alternate translation: “God is with you people”
ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br><br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning Alternate translation: “This is Yahweh’s message about”
ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today.
@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ ZEC 9 17 udt9 figs-exclamations 0 How good and how beautiful they will be! This
ZEC 9 17 rzm2 figs-parallelism 0 The young men will flourish on grain and the virgins on sweet wine! This sentence uses a parallel structure to express that everyone will have plenty to eat and drink. If your readers might think that only the men ate and only the women drank, you may want to adjust the wording. Alternate translation: “All of the people, both men and women, will have plenty of grain to eat and sweet wine to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ZEC 9 17 uf1p figs-parallelism 0 The young men … the virgins These two phrases are parallel and together represent the entire population of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 9 17 x8zq figs-parallelism 0 grain … sweet wine These two phrases are parallel and together represent all of the different kinds of the food and drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Redemption<br>This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Redemption<br><br>This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
ZEC 10 1 ybt5 0 vegetation in the field Alternate translation: “causes plants to grow in the field”
ZEC 10 2 wcl5 0 household idols speak falsely “household idols give false messages.” Zechariah is not suggesting that idols actually speak. He is referring to the messages people say they hear from idols. The UST makes this explicit.
ZEC 10 2 tc8c 0 diviners envision a lie Alternate translation: “diviners see false visions”
@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ ZEC 10 11 h8a4 figs-metonymy 0 The majesty of Assyria will be brought down Here
ZEC 10 11 g3sx figs-metonymy 0 the scepter of Egypt will go away from the Egyptians Here “the scepter of Egypt” refers to the political power of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the power of Egypt to rule other nations will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 10 12 wnc7 0 I will strengthen them in myself Alternate translation: “I will cause them to be strong and to believe in me”
ZEC 10 12 dh7y figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
ZEC 11 1 d6vm figs-metaphor 0 Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 11 1 kmf3 figs-metaphor 0 fire may devour your cedars Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 11 2 fu2k figs-personification 0 Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ ZEC 11 17 zwk6 figs-idiom 0 come against his arm and his right eye Here “come
ZEC 11 17 gqb9 figs-metonymy 0 his arm Here “arm” represents the power to fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 11 17 c27h figs-explicit 0 his right eye A soldier would use his right eye to look around the shield that he held with his left hand. If his right eye was wounded, he would not be able to see to fight in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 11 17 h47i 0 his arm wither away Alternate translation: “his arm waste away” or “his arm become completely useless”
ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]])
ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]])
ZEC 12 1 vy11 0 General Information: These verses begin a section that tells about the coming attack against Jerusalem and how God will rescue the city.
ZEC 12 1 mz3s figs-metaphor 0 who stretched out the skies This is a metaphor that speaks of the sky as if it were like a scroll that is rolled up and needs to be stretched out. Alternate translation: “the one who created the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 12 1 gzl6 figs-metaphor 0 laid the foundation of the earth This is a metaphor that speaks of the earth as if it were a building with a foundation. Alternate translation: “put all the earth into place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br> * Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br> * Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br> * The measuring line (2:1–13)<br> * The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br> * The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br> * The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br> * The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br> * Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br> * Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br> * Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br> * Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br> * Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) # Introduction to Zechariah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br> * Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br> * Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br> * The measuring line (2:1–13)<br> * The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br> * The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br> * The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br> * The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br> * Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br> * Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br> * Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br> * Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br> * Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
3 ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Zechariah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br><br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
4 ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5 ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
6 ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
73 ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
74 ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75 ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76 ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) # Zechariah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
77 ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest.
78 ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin Alternate translation: “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin”
79 ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
97 ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave Alternate translation: “carve”
98 ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
99 ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
100 ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. # Zechariah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br><br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
101 ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
102 ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire
103 ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
151 ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
152 ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
153 ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
154 ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Zechariah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br><br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br><br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
155 ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
156 ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains”
157 ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
179 ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
180 ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
181 ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
182 ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land. # Zechariah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br><br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
183 ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
184 ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
185 ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
279 ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
280 ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
281 ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you Alternate translation: “God is with you people”
282 ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) # Zechariah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br><br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
283 ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning Alternate translation: “This is Yahweh’s message about”
284 ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
285 ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today.
342 ZEC 9 17 rzm2 figs-parallelism 0 The young men will flourish on grain and the virgins on sweet wine! This sentence uses a parallel structure to express that everyone will have plenty to eat and drink. If your readers might think that only the men ate and only the women drank, you may want to adjust the wording. Alternate translation: “All of the people, both men and women, will have plenty of grain to eat and sweet wine to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
343 ZEC 9 17 uf1p figs-parallelism 0 The young men … the virgins These two phrases are parallel and together represent the entire population of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
344 ZEC 9 17 x8zq figs-parallelism 0 grain … sweet wine These two phrases are parallel and together represent all of the different kinds of the food and drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
345 ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Redemption<br>This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) # Zechariah 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Redemption<br><br>This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
346 ZEC 10 1 ybt5 0 vegetation in the field Alternate translation: “causes plants to grow in the field”
347 ZEC 10 2 wcl5 0 household idols speak falsely “household idols give false messages.” Zechariah is not suggesting that idols actually speak. He is referring to the messages people say they hear from idols. The UST makes this explicit.
348 ZEC 10 2 tc8c 0 diviners envision a lie Alternate translation: “diviners see false visions”
385 ZEC 10 11 g3sx figs-metonymy 0 the scepter of Egypt will go away from the Egyptians Here “the scepter of Egypt” refers to the political power of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the power of Egypt to rule other nations will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
386 ZEC 10 12 wnc7 0 I will strengthen them in myself Alternate translation: “I will cause them to be strong and to believe in me”
387 ZEC 10 12 dh7y figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
388 ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]]) # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
389 ZEC 11 1 d6vm figs-metaphor 0 Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
390 ZEC 11 1 kmf3 figs-metaphor 0 fire may devour your cedars Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
391 ZEC 11 2 fu2k figs-personification 0 Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
421 ZEC 11 17 gqb9 figs-metonymy 0 his arm Here “arm” represents the power to fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
422 ZEC 11 17 c27h figs-explicit 0 his right eye A soldier would use his right eye to look around the shield that he held with his left hand. If his right eye was wounded, he would not be able to see to fight in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
423 ZEC 11 17 h47i 0 his arm wither away Alternate translation: “his arm waste away” or “his arm become completely useless”
424 ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]]) # Zechariah 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]])
425 ZEC 12 1 vy11 0 General Information: These verses begin a section that tells about the coming attack against Jerusalem and how God will rescue the city.
426 ZEC 12 1 mz3s figs-metaphor 0 who stretched out the skies This is a metaphor that speaks of the sky as if it were like a scroll that is rolled up and needs to be stretched out. Alternate translation: “the one who created the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
427 ZEC 12 1 gzl6 figs-metaphor 0 laid the foundation of the earth This is a metaphor that speaks of the earth as if it were a building with a foundation. Alternate translation: “put all the earth into place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

383
en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
View File

@ -1,196 +1,201 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi”
MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 2 vb2m figs-rquestion 0 How have you loved us? This question indicates that the people doubt the truth of what God says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not shown that you love us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 2 cy61 figs-rquestion 0 Was not Esau Jacob’s brother? This question, a reply of Yahweh reminding the people of their nation’s history, may also be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that Esau was Jacob’s brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 2 l68t 0 declares Yahweh Alternate translation: “Yahweh has solemnly said this”
MAL 1 2 ef9g figs-explicit 0 I have loved Jacob Here “loved” implies a relationship of loyalty between Yahweh and Jacob, in which a covenant existed between them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “as you know, I obligated myself with a covenant to love Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 1 2 j176 figs-synecdoche 0 I have loved Jacob This name “Jacob” refers here not only to Jacob, but also to all his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 3 xf47 0 Esau I have hated Here “hated” implies that there was no covenant between Yahweh and Esau. However, it does not imply that Yahweh was emotionally against Esau.
MAL 1 3 e38q figs-synecdoche 0 Esau I have hated This name “Esau” refers here not only to Esau, but also to all his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 3 t9bu 0 his mountains This refers to the hill country of Edom.
MAL 1 3 q6yq 0 I have made his inheritance a place for the jackals of the wilderness In the Old Testament, the presence of wild animals such as jackals was a frequent description of land deserted by the people who once lived there.
MAL 1 3 rff9 figs-metaphor 0 his inheritance Here “inheritance” stands for the region that Esau’s descendants, the nation of Edom, occupied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 1 4 z8qd figs-metonymy 0 If Edom says Here “Edom” stands for the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “If the people of Edom say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 4 x6kr figs-metonymy 0 I will throw down Here “throw down” stands for “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 4 zv9v figs-abstractnouns 0 country of wickedness Here “wickedness” stands either for wicked people or for wicked actions. Alternate translation: “country of wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 1 5 bq14 figs-synecdoche 0 Your own eyes will see this Here “your own eyes” stands for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “You yourselves will see this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br><br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 1 qm8z מַשָּׂ֥א דְבַר־יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מַלְאָכִֽי 1 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi”
MAL 1 1 x4vm יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh **Yahewh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מַלְאָכִֽי 1 by the hand of Malachi The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 2 vb2m figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מָּ֣ה אֲהַבְתָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 How have you loved us? This question indicates that the people doubt the truth of what God says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not shown that you love us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 2 cy61 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לוֹא־אָ֨ח עֵשָׂ֤ו לְ⁠יַֽעֲקֹב֙ 1 Was not Esau Jacob’s brother? This question, a reply of Yahweh reminding the people of their nation’s history, may also be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that Esau was Jacob’s brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 2 l68t נְאֻם־יְהוָ֔ה 1 declares Yahweh Alternate translation: “Yahweh has solemnly said this”
MAL 1 2 ef9g figs-explicit וָ⁠אֹהַ֖ב אֶֽת־יַעֲקֹֽב 1 I have loved Jacob Here **loved** implies a relationship of loyalty between Yahweh and **Jacob**, in which a covenant existed between them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “as you know, I obligated myself with a covenant to love Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 1 2 j176 figs-synecdoche יַעֲקֹֽב 1 Jacob This name **Jacob** refers here not only to Jacob, but also to all his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 3 xf47 עֵשָׂ֖ו שָׂנֵ֑אתִי 1 Esau I have hated Here **hated** implies that there was no covenant between Yahweh and Esau. However, it does not imply that Yahweh was emotionally against Esau.
MAL 1 3 e38q figs-synecdoche עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 Esau This name **Esau** refers here not only to Esau, but also to all his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 3 t9bu אֶת־הָרָי⁠ו֙ 1 his mountains This refers to the hill country of Edom.
MAL 1 3 q6yq וְ⁠אֶת־נַחֲלָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠תַנּ֥וֹת מִדְבָּֽר 1 and I left his inheritance a place for the jackals of the wilderness In the Old Testament, the presence of wild animals such as **jackals** was a frequent description of land deserted by the people who once lived there.
MAL 1 3 rff9 figs-metaphor נַחֲלָת֖⁠וֹ 1 his inheritance Here **inheritance** stands for the region that Esau’s descendants, the nation of Edom, occupied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 1 4 z8qd figs-metonymy כִּֽי־תֹאמַ֨ר אֱד֜וֹם 1 If Edom says Here **Edom** stands for the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “If the people of Edom say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 4 x6kr figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י אֶהֱר֑וֹס 1 but I will tear down Here **tear down** stands for “destroy.” Alternate translation: “but I will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 4 zv9v figs-abstractnouns גְּב֣וּל רִשְׁעָ֔ה 1 The country of wickedness Here **wickedness** stands either for wicked people or for wicked actions. Alternate translation: “country of wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 1 5 bq14 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֖ם תִּרְאֶ֑ינָה 1 Your own eyes will see this Here **your own eyes** stands for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “You yourselves will see this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 6 zu71 0 General Information: Yahweh rebukes the priests using an imaginary conversation in which the priests protest that they are doing right and Yahweh tells them what they are doing wrong.
MAL 1 6 u3vj figs-metonymy 0 despise my name Here “my name” stands for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “treat me as though you hate me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 6 awt1 figs-rquestion 0 How have we despised your name? Here the priests are asking a question in order to state that they have not really despised Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not really despised your name.” or “Tell us how we have despised your name, because we do not think that we have done so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 7 dyc6 figs-metaphor 0 polluted bread Here “polluted” describes anything that is not suitable to sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 1 7 v4at figs-rquestion 0 How have we polluted you? Here the priests are asking a question in order to state that they have not really polluted Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not polluted you.” or “Tell us how we have polluted you, because we do not think that we have done so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 7 h6dv figs-metaphor 0 polluted you This expression refers to insulting God by giving him unsuitable sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 1 7 efa3 0 table This refers to an altar.
MAL 1 7 xu5y figs-ellipsis 0 By saying that Yahweh’s table is contemptible. This is the answer that Yahweh gives to the priests, but the full answer is only implied. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You have polluted me by saying, ‘Yahweh’s table is contemptible.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAL 1 7 agd8 0 contemptible regarded as worthless
MAL 1 8 zw52 figs-rquestion 0 When you offer blind animals for sacrifice, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “You know very well that it is evil for you to offer blind animals for sacrifice!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 8 i5xb figs-rquestion 0 When you offer the lame and sick, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “And you know very well that it is evil for you to offer lame and sick animals!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 8 f8k3 figs-imperative 0 Present that to your governor! Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? The command in the first sentence functions as a hypothetical condition. Alternate translation: “If you present that to your governor, will he accept you or will he lift up your face?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAL 1 8 kw16 figs-rquestion 0 Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? Here Yahweh asks this question in order to remind the people that their governor would never accept defective animals from them. Alternate translation: “If you do those things, you know that the governor will not accept you. He will not lift up your face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 8 ch8q figs-idiom 0 will he lift up your face Lifting up someone’s face refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “will he accept you with favor” or “will he agree to help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 8 j8zc 0 Present give as a gift to show respect
MAL 1 9 d7q3 0 Now you keep asking the face of God, that he may be gracious to us Malachi is no longer speaking for God. He is talking directly to the Israelites; he is criticizing them for daring to think that God will have mercy on them.
MAL 1 9 kht7 figs-synecdoche 0 keep asking the face of God Here “face” stands for God and also for his presence. Alternate translation: “keep asking God in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 9 r5f4 figs-rquestion 0 with such an offering in your hand, would he lift up any of your faces? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “if you offer unacceptable offerings, he will certainly not lift up your faces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 9 wg22 0 with such an offering in your hand This difficult phrase in Hebrew is interpreted in many different ways by modern versions.
MAL 1 9 kmg8 figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand Here “hand” stands for the people bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “brought by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 9 m84q figs-idiom 0 would he lift up any of your faces Lifting up someone’s face refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “would he accept any of you with favor” or “would he agree to help any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 10 w5uc 0 Oh, if only This expresses great desire.
MAL 1 10 pv8h figs-metonymy 0 so that you might not light fires on my altar in vain Here “light fires on my altar” stands for offering sacrifices on Yahweh’s altar. Alternate translation: “so that you might not make fires to burn offerings that I will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 10 ju31 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 11 v4x9 figs-merism 0 from the rising of the sun to its setting This double expression means “everywhere.” It is parallel to “among the nations” and “in every place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAL 1 11 ls76 figs-metonymy 0 my name will be great among the nations Here “my name” stands for Yahweh’s reputation and honor. Alternate translation: “I will be honored in other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 11 rx5c figs-activepassive 0 in every place incense and pure offerings will be offered in my name This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “in these nations people will offer incense and pure offerings to me in order to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 1 11 m2j4 figs-metonymy 0 in my name Here “name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 12 n6gq 0 its fruit, its food This could mean: (1) “the meat sacrificed on the altar from animals whose other parts the priests should eat” or (2) “the meat sacrificed on the altar.”
MAL 1 13 la3n figs-idiom 0 snort at it show great disrespect by making noises through the nose (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “I should certainly not accept this from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 2 k5md figs-abstractnouns 0 I will send a curse on you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **curse**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will curse you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 2 b7vl figs-idiom 0 you are not laying my command on your heart This refers to considering God’s command to be very important. Alternate translation: “you are not considering my command to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 3 vsb2 figs-metaphor 0 I will spread dung on your faces Here “dung on your faces” stands for disgrace. Alternate translation: “I will most certainly put you in deep disgrace; it will be as bad as if I had spread dung on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 3 skc9 figs-metonymy 0 the dung from your festivals Here “festivals” stands for the animals that the priests offered in sacrifice at the Israelite festivals. “The dung” probably refers both to the dung that was produced by the animals just before they were slaughtered for sacrifice, and to the dung that was found inside the animals when their bodies were cut apart before being sacrificed. Temple workers had to transport this dung to a place outside of the temple, and probably outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 3 m2bs figs-activepassive 0 he will take you away with it This difficult expression can be translated as “God will take you away with it,” that is, with the dung. This expression continues the same metaphor of slaughtering animals for sacrifice, and it can be put in active form. Alternate translation: “they will throw you on the dung pile; God will make sure that they take you away when they remove all the dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 2 3 zti7 figs-metaphor 0 he will take you away with it This could mean: (1) God will punish the unfaithful priests by killing them and causing their bodies to be carried away on the piles of animal dung, or (2) God will punish the unfaithful priests in such a horrible way that it will be as if their bodies had been carried away with the animal dung. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 4 cr4j figs-metonymy 0 Levi Here Levi represents his descendants, the tribe of Levi. Alternate translation: “so that my covenant may be with you, the descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 6 u3vj figs-metonymy בּוֹזֵ֣י שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 who despise my name Here **my name** stands for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “who treat me as though you hate me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 6 awt1 figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֥ה בָזִ֖ינוּ אֶת־שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 How have we despised your name? Here the priests are asking a question in order to state that they have not really despised Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not really despised your name.” or “Tell us how we have despised your name, because we do not think that we have done so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 7 dyc6 figs-metaphor לֶ֣חֶם מְגֹאָ֔ל 1 polluted food Here **polluted** describes anything that is not suitable to sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 1 7 v4at figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה גֵֽאַלְנ֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 How have we polluted you? Here the priests are asking a question in order to state that they have not really polluted Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not polluted you.” or “Tell us how we have polluted you, because we do not think that we have done so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 7 h6dv figs-metaphor גֵֽאַלְנ֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 polluted you This expression refers to insulting God by giving him unsuitable sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 1 7 efa3 שֻׁלְחַ֥ן 1 the table This refers to an altar.
MAL 1 7 xu5y figs-ellipsis בֶּ⁠אֱמָרְ⁠כֶ֕ם שֻׁלְחַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה נִבְזֶ֥ה הֽוּא 1 By saying that the table of Yahweh may be despised. This is the answer that Yahweh gives to the priests, but the full answer is only implied. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You have polluted me by saying, ‘Yahweh’s table is contemptible.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAL 1 7 agd8 נִבְזֶ֥ה 1 despised regarded as worthless
MAL 1 8 zw52 figs-rquestion וְ⁠כִֽי־תַגִּשׁ֨וּ⁠ן עִוֵּ֤ר לִ⁠זְבֹּ֨חַ֙ אֵ֣ין רָ֔ע 1 When you offer blind animals for sacrifice, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “You know very well that it is evil for you to offer blind animals for sacrifice!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 8 i5xb figs-rquestion וְ⁠כִ֥י תַגִּ֛ישׁוּ פִּסֵּ֥חַ וְ⁠חֹלֶ֖ה אֵ֣ין רָ֑ע 1 When you offer the lame and sick, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “And you know very well that it is evil for you to offer lame and sick animals!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 8 f8k3 figs-hypo הַקְרִיבֵ֨⁠הוּ נָ֜א לְ⁠פֶחָתֶ֗⁠ךָ הֲ⁠יִּרְצְ⁠ךָ֙ א֚וֹ הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֣א פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Present that to your governor! Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? The command in the first sentence functions as a hypothetical condition. Alternate translation: “If you present that to your governor, will he accept you or will he lift up your face?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MAL 1 8 kw16 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יִּרְצְ⁠ךָ֙ א֚וֹ הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֣א פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? Here Yahweh asks this question in order to remind the people that their governor would never accept defective animals from them. Alternate translation: “If you do those things, you know that the governor will not accept you. He will not lift up your face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 8 ch8q figs-idiom הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֣א פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 will he lift up your face Lifting up someone’s **face** refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “will he accept you with favor” or “will he agree to help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 8 j8zc הַקְרִיבֵ֨⁠הוּ נָ֜א 1 Present that give as a gift to show respect
MAL 1 9 d7q3 וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה חַלּוּ־נָ֥א פְנֵי־אֵ֖ל וִֽ⁠יחָנֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 Now you keep asking the face of God, that he may be gracious to us Malachi is no longer speaking for God. He is talking directly to the Israelites; he is criticizing them for daring to think that God will have mercy on them.
MAL 1 9 kht7 figs-synecdoche חַלּוּ־נָ֥א פְנֵי־אֵ֖ל 1 entreat the face of God Here “face” stands for God and also for his presence. Alternate translation: “keep asking God in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 9 r5f4 figs-idiom מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ֣יְתָה 1 But … that with such an offering in your hand Here **in your hand** is an idiom that means "with you." Alternate translation: “when you bring such an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 9 ylm4 figs-rquestion מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ֣יְתָה זֹּ֔את הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֤א מִ⁠כֶּם֙ פָּנִ֔ים 1 But … that with such an offering in your hand, would he lift up any of your faces? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “if you offer unacceptable offerings, he will certainly not lift up your faces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 9 wg22 מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ֣יְתָה זֹּ֔את 1 But … that with such an offering in your hand This difficult phrase in Hebrew is interpreted in many different ways by modern versions.
MAL 1 9 kmg8 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 in your hand Here **hand** stands for the people bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “brought by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 9 m84q figs-idiom הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֤א מִ⁠כֶּם֙ פָּנִ֔ים 1 would he lift up any of your faces Lifting up someone’s face refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “would he accept any of you with favor” or “would he agree to help any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 10 w5uc מִ֤י גַם 1 Oh, if only there were one This expresses great desire.
MAL 1 10 pv8h figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־תָאִ֥ירוּ מִזְבְּחִ֖⁠י חִנָּ֑ם 1 so that you might not light fires on my altar in vain Here **light fires on my altar** stands for offering sacrifices on Yahweh’s altar. Alternate translation: “so that you might not make fires to burn offerings that I will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 10 ju31 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 from your hand Here **your hand** stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 11 v4x9 figs-merism מִ⁠מִּזְרַח־שֶׁ֜מֶשׁ וְ⁠עַד־מְבוֹא֗⁠וֹ 1 from the rising of the sun to its setting This double expression means “everywhere.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAL 1 11 hl9y figs-parallelism מִ⁠מִּזְרַח־שֶׁ֜מֶשׁ וְ⁠עַד־מְבוֹא֗⁠וֹ 1 from the rising of the sun to its setting This expression is parallel to “among the nations” and “in every place” later in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAL 1 11 ls76 figs-metonymy גָּד֤וֹל שְׁמִ⁠י֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם 1 my name will be great among the nations Here **my name** stands for Yahweh’s reputation and honor. Alternate translation: “I will be honored in other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 11 rx5c figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מָק֗וֹם מֻקְטָ֥ר מֻגָּ֛שׁ לִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מִנְחָ֣ה טְהוֹרָ֑ה 1 in every place incense and pure offerings will be offered to my name This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “in these nations people will offer incense and pure offerings to me in order to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 1 11 m2j4 figs-metonymy לִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י 1 to my name Here **name** stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 1 12 n6gq figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠נִיב֖⁠וֹ…אָכְלֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that its fruit, its food This could mean: (1) “the meat sacrificed on the altar from animals whose other parts the priests should eat” or (2) “the meat sacrificed on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 1 13 la3n figs-idiom וְ⁠הִפַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 and you snort at it This means to show great disrespect by making noises through the nose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion הַ⁠אֶרְצֶ֥ה אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “I should certainly not accept this from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 from your hand Here **your hand** stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י נוֹרָ֥א בַ⁠גּוֹיִֽם 1 and my name will be feared among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy וּ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י נוֹרָ֥א בַ⁠גּוֹיִֽם 1 my name will be honored Here **my name** stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br><br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br><br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom לֹא֩ תָשִׂ֨ימוּ עַל־לֵ֜ב 1 you will not lay it on your heart To **lay it on your heart** refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns לָ⁠תֵ֧ת כָּב֣וֹד לִ⁠שְׁמִ֗⁠י 1 to give honor to my name If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy לִ⁠שְׁמִ֗⁠י 1 to my name Here **my name** refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 2 k5md figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠שִׁלַּחְתִּ֤י בָ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־הַ⁠מְּאֵרָ֔ה 1 then I will send a curse on you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **curse**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will curse you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 2 b7vl figs-idiom אֵינְ⁠כֶ֖ם שָׂמִ֥ים עַל־לֵֽב 1 you are not laying my command on your heart This refers to considering God’s **command** to be very important. Alternate translation: “you are not considering my command to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 3 vsb2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠זֵרִ֤יתִי פֶ֨רֶשׁ֙ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 and I will spread dung on your faces Here **dung on your faces** stands for disgrace. Alternate translation: “I will most certainly put you in deep disgrace; it will be as bad as if I had spread dung on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 3 skc9 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖רֶשׁ חַגֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 the dung from your festivals Here **festivals** stands for the animals that the priests offered in sacrifice at the Israelite festivals. “The dung” probably refers both to the dung that was produced by the animals just before they were slaughtered for sacrifice, and to the dung that was found inside the animals when their bodies were cut apart before being sacrificed. Temple workers had to transport this dung to a place outside of the temple, and probably outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 3 m2bs figs-activepassive וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 and he will take you away with it This difficult expression can be translated as “God will take you away with it,” that is, with the dung. This expression continues the same metaphor of slaughtering animals for sacrifice, and it can be put in active form. Alternate translation: “they will throw you on the dung pile; God will make sure that they take you away when they remove all the dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 2 3 zti7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 and he will take you away with it This could mean: (1) God will punish the unfaithful priests by killing them and causing their bodies to be carried away on the piles of animal dung, or (2) God will punish the unfaithful priests in such a horrible way that it will be as if their bodies had been carried away with the animal dung. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 4 cr4j figs-metonymy לֵוִ֔י 1 Levi Here **Levi** represents his descendants, the tribe of Levi. Alternate translation: “so that my covenant may be with you, the descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 5 x7pv figs-metonymy 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks of the tribe of Levi as though they are Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 5 t8fs figs-metaphor 0 My covenant with him was life and peace Here the intended results of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “The purpose of my covenant with Levi was for the priests to live in prosperity and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 5 f2if figs-ellipsis 0 fear, and he feared me This expression continues the same metaphor, but leaves out an idea that is implied in the text. This can begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “My covenant with him was also fear, and he feared me” or “In my covenant with him, I required him to fear me, and he did fear me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAL 2 5 td35 figs-metonymy 0 in awe of my name Here “my name” stands for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 6 e73z figs-metonymy 0 nothing false was found Here finding something stands for that thing existing. Alternate translation: “there was no falsehood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 6 pjq6 figs-metonymy 0 on his lips Here “lips” stands for a person’s ability to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 6 u9rh figs-metaphor 0 He walked with me Here walking stands for living, conducting one’s life in a certain way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 6 ws89 figs-metaphor 0 in peace and uprightness Here the idea of location stands for the manner in which Levi lived. Alternate translation: “peacefully and uprightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 6 p1lh figs-metaphor 0 he turned many away from sin Here persuading people to stop sinning is spoken of as if it were turning them away from sin. Alternate translation: “he persuaded many people to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 6 fxl1 figs-metaphor 0 lips Here “lips” stands for a person’s ability to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 7 kp5v figs-metaphor 0 For a priest’s lips should keep knowledge Here knowledge is spoken of as if it were an object that a priest could keep. In this passage, the idea of “keep knowledge” implies communicating true knowledge about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 7 d2la figs-abstractnouns 0 seek instruction Here instruction is spoken of as if it were an object that people could look for. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ****, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “want to be instructed” or “want a priest to teach them truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 7 sp8u figs-metonymy 0 from his mouth Here “mouth” stands for what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 8 si1s figs-metaphor 0 you have turned away from the true path The right way to behave is spoken of as if it were the right path to follow, and abandoning right conduct is spoken of as if it were turning away from that path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 8 um6v figs-metaphor 0 You have caused many to stumble Disobeying God is spoken of as if it were stumbling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 8 j9xs 0 You have caused many to stumble with respect to the law The expression “with respect to the law” gives the context for the “stumbling.” Alternate translation: “You have caused many to disobey the law”
MAL 2 9 gx4a figs-metaphor 0 before all the people This spatial idea stands for the people’s awareness of the priests’ evil behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 9 wq7p figs-metaphor 0 kept my ways Here “ways” stands for “desires” and “behavior.” These ways are spoken of as if they were things that could be kept by people. Alternate translation: “followed my desires in how you should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 9 z4gm 0 shown partiality with regard to the instruction Alternate translation: “set easy standards of behavior for people you like and difficult standards of behavior for people you do not like”
MAL 2 9 z9yt figs-metaphor 0 shown partiality Here the habit of favoring some people more than others is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be shown to others. Alternate translation: “made people aware that you favor some people more than others (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 5 t8fs figs-metaphor בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י ׀ הָיְתָ֣ה אִתּ֗⁠וֹ הַֽ⁠חַיִּים֙ וְ⁠הַ֨⁠שָּׁל֔וֹם 1 My covenant with him was life and peace Here the intended results of the **covenant** are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “The purpose of my covenant with Levi was for the priests to live in prosperity and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 5 f2if figs-ellipsis מוֹרָ֖א וַ⁠יִּֽירָאֵ֑⁠נִי 1 it was a covenant of fear, and he feared me This expression continues the same metaphor, but leaves out an idea that is implied in the text. This can begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “My covenant with him was also fear, and he feared me” or “In my covenant with him, I required him to fear me, and he did fear me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAL 2 5 td35 figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖⁠י 1 my name Here **my name** stands for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 6 e73z figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַוְלָ֖ה לֹא־נִמְצָ֣א 1 and no wrong was found Here finding something stands for that thing existing. Alternate translation: “there was no falsehood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 6 pjq6 figs-metonymy בִ⁠שְׂפָתָ֑י⁠ו 1 on his lips Here **lips** stands for a person’s ability to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 6 u9rh figs-metaphor הָלַ֣ךְ אִתִּ֔⁠י 1 He walked with me Here walking stands for living, conducting one’s life in a certain way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 6 ws89 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שָׁל֤וֹם וּ⁠בְ⁠מִישׁוֹר֙ 1 in peace and uprightness Here the idea of location stands for the manner in which Levi lived. Alternate translation: “peacefully and uprightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 6 p1lh figs-metaphor וְ⁠רַבִּ֖ים הֵשִׁ֥יב מֵ⁠עָוֺֽן 1 and he turned many away from iniquity Here persuading people to stop sinning is spoken of as if it were turning them away from sin. Alternate translation: “he persuaded many people to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 7 kp5v figs-metaphor כִּֽי־שִׂפְתֵ֤י כֹהֵן֙ יִשְׁמְרוּ־דַ֔עַת 1 For the lips of a priest should preserve knowledge Here knowledge is spoken of as if it were an object that a priest could keep. In this passage, the idea of “keep knowledge” implies communicating true knowledge about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 7 d2la figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תוֹרָ֖ה יְבַקְשׁ֣וּ 1 and people should seek instruction Here instruction is spoken of as if it were an object that people could look for. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ****, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and people should want to be instructed” or “and people should want a priest to teach them truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 7 sp8u figs-metonymy מִ⁠פִּ֑י⁠הוּ 1 from his mouth Here **mouth** stands for what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 8 si1s figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ סַרְתֶּ֣ם מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ 1 But you have turned aside from the way The right **way** to behave is spoken of as if it were the right path to follow, and abandoning right conduct is spoken of as if it were turning away from that path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 8 um6v figs-metaphor הִכְשַׁלְתֶּ֥ם רַבִּ֖ים 1 You have caused many to stumble Disobeying God is spoken of as if it were stumbling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 8 j9xs הִכְשַׁלְתֶּ֥ם רַבִּ֖ים בַּ⁠תּוֹרָ֑ה 1 You have caused many to stumble by your instruction The expression **by your instruction** gives the context for the “stumbling.” Alternate translation: “You have caused many to disobey the law”
MAL 2 9 gx4a figs-metaphor לְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 before all the people This spatial idea stands for the people’s awareness of the priests’ evil behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 9 wq7p figs-metaphor אֵֽינְ⁠כֶם֙ שֹׁמְרִ֣ים אֶת־דְּרָכַ֔⁠י 1 you have not kept my ways Here **ways** stands for “desires” and “behavior.” These ways are spoken of as if they were things that could be kept by people. Alternate translation: “you have not followed my desires in how you should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 9 z4gm וְ⁠נֹשְׂאִ֥ים פָּנִ֖ים בַּ⁠תּוֹרָֽה 1 but have instead shown partiality in matters of the law Alternate translation: “but have set easy standards of behavior for people you like and difficult standards of behavior for people you do not like”
MAL 2 9 z9yt figs-metaphor וְ⁠נֹשְׂאִ֥ים פָּנִ֖ים 1 but have instead shown partiality Here the habit of favoring some people more than others is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be shown to others. Alternate translation: “but have made people aware that you favor some people more than others (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 10 h2mp 0 General Information: Here the prophet Malachi begins to speak to his fellow Israelites.
MAL 2 10 e1l1 writing-background 0 Is there not one father for us all? Has not one God created us? Malachi asks these questions in order to remind his fellow Israelites about what they already know. Alternate translation: “You know that we all have one father, that our God has created a nation out of us.” or “You all know that God is the father of all us Israelites, because he is the one who made our nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 10 q37t figs-rquestion 0 Has not one God created us? This question is meant to express a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly it is the same God who has created us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 10 t4al 0 created us This probably refers to God forming the Hebrews into a nation.
MAL 2 10 rm21 figs-rquestion 0 Why are we faithless each man against his brother, profaning the covenant of our fathers? Malachi asks this question in order to rebuke his fellow Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should certainly not mistreat our brothers and disrespect God’s covenant by disobeying his commands, as you have been doing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 11 h25u figs-metonymy 0 Judah has been faithless Here “Judah” stands for the people in the region of Judah, and the fact that they have been faithless to Yahweh is spoken of as if they were one man named “Judah.” Alternate translation: “The people of Judah have been faithless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 11 ef4l figs-activepassive 0 A disgusting thing has been committed in Israel and in Jerusalem This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “People have done disgusting things in Israel and in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 2 11 zbw5 figs-metonymy 0 For Judah has profaned the holy place of Yahweh Here “Judah” refers again to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “For the people of Judah have profaned the holy place of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 11 h7i9 figs-metonymy 0 has married the daughter of a foreign god The people of Judah are again referred to as if they were one man named “Judah.” Alternate translation: “have married women from other nations, women who worship idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 12 bxx3 figs-metaphor 0 May Yahweh cut off from the tents of Jacob the man who Destroying something is often spoken of as it were cutting it off from something else. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh destroy anyone in the tents of Jacob who” or “May Yahweh kill anyone in the community of Israel who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 12 tkp6 figs-metaphor 0 the tents of Jacob Here “tents of Jacob” stands for the community of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 12 f33m figs-metonymy 0 Jacob Here “Jacob” stands for all the Israelites, because Jacob was one of the patriarchs from whom the Israelites were descended. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 12 vdy5 figs-idiom 0 the one who is awake and the one who answers This expression seems to mean “absolutely everyone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 13 sw3f figs-hyperbole 0 You cover the altar of Yahweh with tears This sarcastically exaggerates the amount of tears the people cry to show that Yahweh knows that the people do not really feel sad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAL 2 13 rx8e figs-doublet 0 with weeping and sighing The words “weeping” and “sighing” share similar meanings and intensify the idea of weeping. Alternate translation: “with great weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAL 2 13 gt5u figs-metonymy 0 does not turn toward the offering Here turning toward a gift stands for receiving it and showing favor to the giver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 13 lbk9 figs-explicit 0 does not turn toward the offering This implies that those who are weeping at Yahweh’s altar have offered sacrifices to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 2 13 y3lr figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “hand” stands for the person giving the offering. Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 2 14 n6ul figs-ellipsis 0 Why does he not? The full thought, as in [Malachi 2:13](../02/13.md), is “Why does he not turn toward the offering or accept it with favor from our hand?” Some translators may decide to provide this entire thought in their versions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAL 2 14 u2qp 0 the wife of your youth Alternate translation: “the woman you married when you were young”
MAL 2 14 xn6f writing-background 0 Yahweh was a witness between you and the wife of your youth This statement assumes that this woman is still living. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAL 2 14 s3k3 figs-metaphor 0 a witness between you and the wife of your youth Here a witness to an agreement between two people is thought of as standing between them in order to testify about what they agreed to, in case a dispute arises between the two people. This sentence also was meant to remind the people that Yahweh would punish any Israelite who broke the covenant of marriage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAL 2 14 mz1q writing-background 0 she was your companion and your wife by covenant This statement implies that many of the Israelites had divorced their wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAL 2 14 txe1 0 by covenant Alternate translation: “by the covenant of marriage that you agreed to”
MAL 2 15 x1gi figs-rquestion 0 Did he not make them one, with a portion of his spirit? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “He certainly made husband and wife one, with a portion of his spirit.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 15 qfl1 writing-background 0 make them one This expression implies making husband and wife one flesh. Alternate translation: “make husband and wife one flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAL 2 15 i3ny 0 an offspring from God Children who would honor and obey God.
MAL 2 16 hp7z figs-abstractnouns 0 I hate divorce Here “divorce” stands for the act of divorce, when a man sends away his wife, so as to end his marriage to her. Alternate translation: “I hate it when a man divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 16 ly2g figs-idiom 0 the one who covers his garment with violence This phrase probably means any man who is violent toward his wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 16 iv8h 0 So guard yourselves in your spirit and do not be faithless Alternate translation: “So be careful to be loyal to your wife”
MAL 2 17 ug3a figs-metaphor 0 You have wearied Yahweh Yahweh is spoken of as if human behavior could make him tired, but God cannot grow weary in a physical or emotional sense. This statement probably means that Yahweh has become offended or exasperated. Alternate translation: “You have offended Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 17 d6k5 figs-rquestion 0 How have we wearied him? This question is meant to deny that the people have done any wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not wearied him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have wearied him by saying.” This is the prophet’s answer to the rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly
MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 2 10 e1l1 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֨וֹא אָ֤ב אֶחָד֙ לְ⁠כֻלָּ֔⁠נוּ הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא אֵ֥ל אֶֽחָ֖ד בְּרָאָ֑⁠נוּ 1 Is there not one father for us all? Has not one God created us? Malachi asks these questions in order to remind his fellow Israelites about what they already know. Alternate translation: “You know that we all have one father, that our God has created a nation out of us.” or “You all know that God is the father of all us Israelites, because he is the one who made our nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 10 q37t figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא אֵ֥ל אֶֽחָ֖ד בְּרָאָ֑⁠נוּ 1 Has not one God created us? This question is meant to express a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly it is the same God who has created us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 10 t4al בְּרָאָ֑⁠נוּ 1 created us This probably refers to God forming the Hebrews into a nation.
MAL 2 10 rm21 figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ נִבְגַּד֙ אִ֣ישׁ בְּ⁠אָחִ֔י⁠ו לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל בְּרִ֥ית אֲבֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Why are we faithless each man against his brother, profaning the covenant of our fathers? Malachi asks this question in order to rebuke his fellow Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should certainly not mistreat our brothers and disrespect God’s covenant by disobeying his commands, as you have been doing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 11 h25u figs-metonymy בָּגְדָ֣ה יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 Judah has been faithless Here **Judah** stands for the people in the region of Judah, and the fact that they have been faithless to Yahweh is spoken of as if they were one man named **Judah**. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah have been faithless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 11 ef4l figs-activepassive וְ⁠תוֹעֵבָ֛ה נֶעֶשְׂתָ֥ה בְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וּ⁠בִ⁠ירֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 An abomination has been committed in Israel and in Jerusalem This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “People have done disgusting things in Israel and in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 2 11 zbw5 figs-metonymy כִּ֣י ׀ חִלֵּ֣ל יְהוּדָ֗ה קֹ֤דֶשׁ יְהוָה֙ 1 For Judah has profaned the sanctuary of Yahweh Here **Judah** refers again to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “For the people of Judah have profaned the holy place of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 11 h7i9 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָעַ֖ל בַּת־אֵ֥ל נֵכָֽר 1 and has married the daughter of a foreign god The people of Judah are again referred to as if they were one man named “Judah.” Alternate translation: “have married women from other nations, women who worship idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 12 bxx3 figs-metaphor יַכְרֵ֨ת יְהוָ֜ה לָ⁠אִ֨ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר…מֵ⁠אָהֳלֵ֖י יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב 1 May Yahweh cut off from the tents of Jacob the man who Destroying something is often spoken of as it were cutting it off from something else. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh destroy anyone in the tents of Jacob who” or “May Yahweh kill anyone in the community of Israel who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 12 tkp6 figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אָהֳלֵ֖י יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב 1 from the tents of Jacob Here **tents of Jacob** stands for the community of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 12 f33m figs-metonymy יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב 1 Jacob Here **Jacob** stands for all the Israelites, because Jacob was one of the patriarchs from whom the Israelites were descended. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 12 vdy5 figs-idiom עֵ֣ר וְ⁠עֹנֶ֔ה 1 the one who is awake and the one who answers This expression seems to mean “absolutely everyone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 13 jvgp figs-hyperbole כַּסּ֤וֹת דִּמְעָה֙ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֣ח יְהוָ֔ה בְּכִ֖י וַֽ⁠אֲנָקָ֑ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ין ע֗וֹד פְּנוֹת֙ אֶל־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֥חַת רָצ֖וֹן מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 You cover the altar of Yahweh with tears, with weeping and groaning, because he still does not turn toward the offering or accept it with favor from your hand Malachi sarcastically exaggerates the amount of tears the people cry to show that Yahweh knows that the people do not really feel sad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAL 2 13 rx8e figs-doublet בְּכִ֖י וַֽ⁠אֲנָקָ֑ה 1 with weeping and groaning The words **weeping** and **groaning** share similar meanings and intensify the idea of weeping. Alternate translation: “with great weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAL 2 13 gt5u figs-metonymy מֵ⁠אֵ֣ין ע֗וֹד פְּנוֹת֙ אֶל־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה 1 because he still does not turn toward the offering Here turning toward a gift stands for receiving it and showing favor to the giver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 13 lbk9 figs-explicit מֵ⁠אֵ֣ין ע֗וֹד פְּנוֹת֙ אֶל־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה 1 because he still does not turn toward the offering This implies that those who are weeping at Yahweh’s altar have offered sacrifices to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 2 13 y3lr figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 from your hand Here **hand** stands for the person giving the offering. Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 2 14 n6ul figs-ellipsis עַל־מָ֑ה 1 Why does he not? The full thought, as in [Malachi 2:13](../02/13.md), is “Why does he not turn toward the offering or accept it with favor from our hand?” Some translators may decide to provide this entire thought in their versions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAL 2 14 u2qp אֵ֣שֶׁת נְעוּרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the wife of your youth Alternate translation: “the woman you married when you were young”
MAL 2 14 xn6f writing-background יְהוָה֩ הֵעִ֨יד בֵּינְ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין ׀ אֵ֣שֶׁת נְעוּרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh was a witness between you and the wife of your youth This statement assumes that this woman is still living. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAL 2 14 s3k3 figs-metaphor הֵעִ֨יד בֵּינְ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין ׀ אֵ֣שֶׁת נְעוּרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 was a witness between you and the wife of your youth Here Yahweh is spoken of as if he was a witness to an agreement between two people, standing between them in order to testify about what they agreed to, in case a dispute arises between them. This sentence also was meant to remind the people that Yahweh would punish any Israelite who broke the covenant of marriage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 14 mz1q writing-background וְ⁠הִ֥יא חֲבֶרְתְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠אֵ֥שֶׁת בְּרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 even though she was your companion and your wife by covenant This statement implies that many of the Israelites had divorced their wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAL 2 14 txe1 וְ⁠אֵ֥שֶׁת בְּרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 and your wife by covenant Alternate translation: “and your wife by the covenant of marriage that you agreed to”
MAL 2 15 x1gi figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹא־אֶחָ֣ד עָשָׂ֗ה וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר ר֨וּחַ֙ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 Did he not make them one, with a portion of his spirit? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “He certainly made husband and wife one, with a portion of his spirit.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 15 qfl1 writing-background וְ⁠לֹא־אֶחָ֣ד עָשָׂ֗ה 1 Did he not make them one This expression implies making husband and wife one flesh. Alternate translation: “Did God not make husband and wife one flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAL 2 15 i3ny זֶ֣רַע אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 godly offspring Children who would honor and obey God.
MAL 2 16 hp7z figs-abstractnouns שָׂנֵ֣א שַׁלַּ֗ח 1 I hate divorce Here **divorce** stands for the act of divorce, when a man sends away his wife, so as to end his marriage to her. Alternate translation: “I hate it when a man divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 16 ly2g figs-idiom וְ⁠כִסָּ֤ה חָמָס֙ עַל־לְבוּשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 and the one who covers his garment with violence This phrase probably means any man who is violent toward his wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 16 iv8h וְ⁠נִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֥ם בְּ⁠רוּחֲ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לֹ֥א תִבְגֹּֽדוּ 1 So guard yourselves in your spirit and do not be faithless Alternate translation: “So be careful to be loyal to your wife”
MAL 2 17 ug3a figs-metaphor הוֹגַעְתֶּ֤ם יְהוָה֙ 1 You have wearied Yahweh Yahweh is spoken of as if human behavior could make him tired, but God cannot grow weary in a physical or emotional sense. This statement probably means that Yahweh has become offended or exasperated. Alternate translation: “You have offended Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 17 d6k5 figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מָּ֣ה הוֹגָ֑עְנוּ 1 How have we wearied him? This question is meant to deny that the people have done any wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not wearied him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit בֶּ⁠אֱמָרְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have wearied him by saying.” This is the prophet’s answer to the rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י 1 in the eyes of The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion אַיֵּ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 17 kw1t אֱלֹהֵ֥י הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly
MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br><br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2.
MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 1 d1j7 0 Then the Lord, whom you seek … The messenger of the covenant in whom you delight Some modern versions translate this in a way that implies that these two expressions refer to the same person. Other modern versions leave this matter ambiguous. We recommend that translations leave this matter ambiguous, as the ULT and UST do.
MAL 3 1 w8yf 0 The messenger of the covenant Almost all versions leave ambiguous the sense of this expression. But translators may need to make explicit the relationship between “messenger” and “the covenant.” The UST presents “the messenger” as one promised by the covenant that Yahweh had with Israel. Another choice is to present the messenger as a person who will either confirm that covenant or announce a new covenant.
MAL 3 2 f24j figs-rquestion 0 But who will be able to endure the day of his coming? Who will be able to stand when he appears? These rhetorical questions imply that no one will be able to resist Yahweh when he comes. They can be combined into one statement. Alternate translation: “However, no one will be able to resist Yahweh when he comes to judge them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 2 phd6 0 the day of his coming Here “day” stands for “time.” Alternate translation: “the time when he comes”
MAL 3 2 z2xe figs-metaphor 0 be able to stand Here standing represents resisting someone’s attack or accusations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 2 iqv7 figs-simile 0 For he will be like a refiner’s fire and like laundry soap This sentence gives the reason why no one will be able to resist God when he comes. God’s power to judge the people and to stop them from sinning is spoken of as if it were the power of strong soap to clean clothes, or the power of fire to melt an object. These are ways of saying that God’s power to do these things cannot be stopped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAL 3 3 bxz3 figs-metaphor 0 he will purify the sons of Levi Forgiving the sons of Levi and persuading them not to sin any longer is spoken of as if it were purifying metal. Alternate translation: “he will correct the sons of Levi and forgive them for having sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 3 tcd4 figs-metaphor 0 the sons of Levi Here “sons” refers to descendants. The male descendants of Levi were the priests and workers in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 3 pfr2 figs-simile 0 He will sit Here sitting implies the action of a metalworker, who sits down in order to purify small amounts of gold or silver. It also implies the action of a king, who sits down to judge people and give decrees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 3 3 q9li figs-simile 0 He will refine them like gold and silver Here persuading people not to sin any longer is spoken of as if a metalworker were making gold and silver more pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAL 3 3 n3xs 0 they will bring offerings of righteousness to Yahweh Here “of righteousness” means “motivated by righteous desires to worship God.” Alternate translation: “they will bring acceptable offerings to Yahweh in order to worship Yahweh”
MAL 3 4 ws2l figs-metonymy 0 the offering of Judah and Jerusalem Here “Judah” and “Jerusalem” stand for the people in those places. Alternate translation: “the offerings brought by the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 3 4 y8h1 figs-parallelism 0 as in the days of old, and as in ancient years These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the offering was once pleasing to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as it was in the distant past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAL 3 5 te3u figs-abstractnouns 0 Then I will approach you for judgment Here “judgment” refers to the act of judging. Alternate translation: “Then I will approach you in order to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 5 dx2i 0 oppress the hired worker in his wages Alternate translation: “cause the hired worker to suffer by not paying him for his work”
MAL 3 5 k42e figs-explicit 0 turn away the foreigner That is, turning away the foreigner from gaining his rights. Depriving people of their rights is spoken of as if it were physically turning them away from oneself. Perhaps the idea is turning away someone who comes for a wrong to be set right. Alternate translation: “deny foreigners living in Israel the rights that they should have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 6 mep4 0 have not come to an end Alternate translation: “have not perished”
MAL 3 7 ji32 figs-metaphor 0 From the days of your fathers you have turned aside from my statutes and have not kept them Disobeying God’s statutes is spoken of as if it were turning away from them. Alternate translation: “You have disobeyed my statutes ever since the days of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 7 deh7 figs-metaphor 0 Return to me, and I will return to you Here loving each other and being faithful to each other is spoken of as if it were returning to each other. Alternate translation: “Love me and honor me, and I will always help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 7 l1ir figs-rquestion 0 How will we return? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have never stopped obeying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have never gone away from you, so we cannot return to you.” or “We have never gone away from you, so it makes no sense to speak of us as returning to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion 0 Would a person rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” or “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAL 3 8 ijc5 figs-rquestion 0 How have we robbed you? This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 8 cy6m figs-explicit 0 In tithes and offerings This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 3 9 grs1 figs-activepassive 0 You are cursed with a curse If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 3 9 mr47 0 you are robbing me, the whole nation Here “nation” stands for the people to whom Yahweh is speaking. Alternate translation: “all of you in the whole nation are robbing me”
MAL 3 10 n4ch 0 the full tithe Alternate translation: “all the tithes”
MAL 3 10 dmr8 figs-metaphor 0 my house Here “house” stands for the temple. Alternate translation: “my temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 10 wcp4 figs-metaphor 0 and test me now in this … if I do not open to you the windows of heaven Here the command “test me” stands for something that the people can do and should do: “if you test me.” This can be divided into two sentences also. Alternate translation: “And if you test me … I will open up the windows of heaven” or “And you should test me … If you do, I will open up the windows of heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 12 mfq1 figs-metaphor 0 All the nations will call you blessed Here to be called blessed stands for being blessed. Alternate translation: “All the nations will know that you have been blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 12 bvs1 figs-metonymy 0 All the nations This expression stands for the people in all the nations. Alternate translation: “The people in all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 3 12 rm7v figs-abstractnouns 0 a land of delight Here “delight” stands for the condition in which the inhabitants of a land take delight in their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 1 v6se הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor וּ⁠פִנָּה־דֶ֖רֶךְ לְ⁠פָנָ֑⁠י 1 and he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 1 d1j7 הָ⁠אָד֣וֹן ׀ אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֣ם מְבַקְשִׁ֗ים וּ⁠מַלְאַ֨ךְ הַ⁠בְּרִ֜ית אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֤ם חֲפֵצִים֙ 1 the Lord, whom you seek … The messenger of the covenant in whom you delight Some modern versions translate this in a way that implies that these two expressions refer to the same person. Other modern versions leave this matter ambiguous. We recommend that translations leave this matter ambiguous, as the ULT and UST do.
MAL 3 1 w8yf וּ⁠מַלְאַ֨ךְ הַ⁠בְּרִ֜ית 1 The messenger of the covenant Almost all versions leave ambiguous the sense of this expression. But translators may need to make explicit the relationship between “messenger” and “the covenant.” The UST presents “the messenger” as one promised by the covenant that Yahweh had with Israel. Another choice is to present the messenger as a person who will either confirm that covenant or announce a new covenant.
MAL 3 2 f24j figs-rquestion וּ⁠מִ֤י מְכַלְכֵּל֙ אֶת־י֣וֹם בּוֹא֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠מִ֥י הָ⁠עֹמֵ֖ד בְּ⁠הֵרָֽאוֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 But who can endure the day of his coming? Who will be able to stand when he appears? These rhetorical questions imply that no one will be able to resist Yahweh when he comes. They can be combined into one statement. Alternate translation: “However, no one will be able to resist Yahweh when he comes to judge them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 2 phd6 אֶת־י֣וֹם בּוֹא֔⁠וֹ 1 the day of his coming Here “day” stands for “time.” Alternate translation: “the time when he comes”
MAL 3 2 z2xe figs-metaphor הָ⁠עֹמֵ֖ד 1 can stand Here standing represents resisting someone’s attack or accusations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 2 iqv7 figs-simile כִּֽי־הוּא֙ כְּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ מְצָרֵ֔ף וּ⁠כְ⁠בֹרִ֖ית מְכַבְּסִֽים 1 For he will be like the fire of the refiner and like the soap of the fullers This sentence gives the reason why no one will be able to resist God when he comes. God’s power to judge the people and to stop them from sinning is spoken of as if it were the power of strong soap to clean clothes, or the power of fire to melt an object. These are ways of saying that God’s power to do these things cannot be stopped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAL 3 3 pfr2 figs-simile וְ⁠יָשַׁ֨ב 1 He will sit Here sitting implies the action of a metalworker, who sits down in order to purify small amounts of gold or silver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAL 3 3 bxz3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֤ר אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־לֵוִי֙ 1 and he will purify the sons of Levi Forgiving **the sons of Levi** and persuading them not to sin any longer is spoken of as if it were purifying metal. Alternate translation: “he will correct the sons of Levi and forgive them for having sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 3 tcd4 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־לֵוִי֙ 1 the sons of Levi Here **sons** refers to descendants. The male descendants of Levi were the priests and workers in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 3 q9li figs-simile וְ⁠זִקַּ֣ק אֹתָ֔⁠ם כַּ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠כַ⁠כָּ֑סֶף 1 He will refine them like gold and silver Here persuading people not to sin any longer is spoken of as if a metalworker were making **gold and silver** more pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAL 3 3 n3xs וְ⁠הָיוּ֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה מַגִּישֵׁ֥י מִנְחָ֖ה בִּ⁠צְדָקָֽה 1 and they will bring offerings in righteousness to Yahweh Here **in righteousness** means “motivated by righteous desires to worship God.” Alternate translation: “they will bring acceptable offerings to Yahweh in order to worship Yahweh”
MAL 3 4 ws2l figs-metonymy מִנְחַ֥ת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 the offering of Judah and Jerusalem Here **Judah and Jerusalem** stands for the people in those places. Alternate translation: “the offerings brought by the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 3 4 y8h1 figs-parallelism כִּ⁠ימֵ֣י עוֹלָ֔ם וּ⁠כְ⁠שָׁנִ֖ים קַדְמֹנִיּֽוֹת 1 as in the days of old, and as in ancient years These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the offering was once pleasing to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as it was in the distant past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAL 3 5 te3u figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠קָרַבְתִּ֣י אֲלֵי⁠כֶם֮ לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּט֒ 1 Then I will approach you for judgment Here **judgment** refers to the act of judging. Alternate translation: “Then I will approach you in order to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 5 dx2i וּ⁠בְ⁠עֹשְׁקֵ֣י שְׂכַר־שָׂ֠כִיר 1 and against those who oppress the hired worker in his wages Alternate translation: “and against those who cause the hired worker to suffer by not paying him for his work”
MAL 3 5 k42e figs-explicit וּ⁠מַטֵּי־גֵר֙ 1 against those who turn aside the foreigner That is, **turn aside** the foreigner from gaining his rights. Depriving people of their rights is spoken of as if it were physically turning them away from oneself. Perhaps the idea is turning away someone who comes for a wrong to be set right. Alternate translation: “against those who deny foreigners living in Israel the rights that they should have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 3 6 mep4 לֹ֥א כְלִיתֶֽם 1 have not come to an end Alternate translation: “have not perished”
MAL 3 7 ji32 figs-metaphor לְ⁠מִ⁠ימֵ֨י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֜ם סַרְתֶּ֤ם מֵֽ⁠חֻקַּ⁠י֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁמַרְתֶּ֔ם 1 From the days of your fathers you have turned aside from my statutes and have not kept them Disobeying God’s **statutes** is spoken of as if it were turning away from them. Alternate translation: “You have disobeyed my statutes ever since the days of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 7 deh7 figs-metaphor שׁ֤וּבוּ אֵלַ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אָשׁ֣וּבָה אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Return to me, and I will return to you Here loving each other and being faithful to each other is spoken of as if it were returning to each other. Alternate translation: “Love me and honor me, and I will always help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 7 l1ir figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֥ה נָשֽׁוּב 1 How will we return? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have never stopped obeying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have never gone away from you, so we cannot return to you.” or “We have never gone away from you, so it makes no sense to speak of us as returning to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יִקְבַּ֨ע אָדָ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 Will a man rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 8 p8nl figs-123person הֲ⁠יִקְבַּ֨ע אָדָ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 Will a man rob God God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAL 3 8 ijc5 figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה קְבַעֲנ֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 How have we robbed you? This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 8 cy6m figs-explicit הַֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֖ר וְ⁠הַ⁠תְּרוּמָֽה 1 In tithes and offerings This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 3 9 grs1 figs-activepassive בַּ⁠מְּאֵרָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם נֵֽאָרִ֔ים 1 You are cursed with a curse If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 3 9 mr47 וְ⁠אֹתִ֖⁠י אַתֶּ֣ם קֹבְעִ֑ים הַ⁠גּ֖וֹי כֻּלּֽ⁠וֹ 1 for you are robbing me, the whole nation of you Here **nation** stands for the people to whom Yahweh is speaking. Alternate translation: “for all of you in the whole nation are robbing me”
MAL 3 10 n4ch אֶת־כָּל־הַֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֜ר 1 the full tithe Alternate translation: “all the tithes”
MAL 3 10 dmr8 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י 1 in my house Here **house** stands for the temple. Alternate translation: “in my temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 10 wcp4 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְחָנ֤וּ⁠נִי נָא֙ בָּ⁠זֹ֔את…אִם־לֹ֧א אֶפְתַּ֣ח לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵ֚ת אֲרֻבּ֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 and test me now in this … if I do not open to you the windows of heaven Here the command **test me** stands for something that the people can do and should do: “if you test me.” This can be divided into two sentences also. Alternate translation: “And if you test me … I will open up the windows of heaven” or “And you should test me … If you do, I will open up the windows of heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 12 mfq1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִשְּׁר֥וּ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 All the nations will call you blessed Here to be called **blessed** stands for being blessed. Alternate translation: “All the nations will know that you have been blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 12 bvs1 figs-metonymy כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 All the nations This expression stands for the people in all **the nations**. Alternate translation: “The people in all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 3 12 rm7v figs-abstractnouns אֶ֣רֶץ חֵ֔פֶץ 1 a land of delight Here **delight** stands for the condition in which the inhabitants of a land take delight in their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 13 l55w 0 General Information: These verses begin a new section in the book. Here Yahweh is speaking to the people of Israel.
MAL 3 13 h229 figs-metaphor 0 Your words against me have been strong Here “strong” stands for “harsh” or “terrible.” And “Your words” stands for “What you have said.” Alternate translation: “What you have said about me is terrible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 13 fv74 figs-rquestion 0 What have we said among ourselves against you? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have said nothing against God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not said anything among ourselves against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 14 hnv8 figs-rquestion 0 What profit is it that we have kept his requirements or walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts? The people ask this question among themselves in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless that we have kept his requirements and walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 14 j6y1 figs-metaphor 0 walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts Here “walk mournfully” stands for “behave in a sorrowful manner,” probably in order to indicate sorrow over their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 14 n7bs figs-metaphor 0 before Yahweh of hosts Here this expression refers to God being aware of what the people were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 15 maa8 figs-metaphor 0 we call the arrogant blessed Here to be called “blessed” stands for being blessed. Alternate translation: “we say that the arrogant are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 15 a55n figs-activepassive 0 we call the arrogant blessed This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we say that the arrogant are well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 3 15 e45r figs-explicit 0 escape That is, “they escape God’s punishment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 3 13 h229 figs-abstractnouns חָזְק֥וּ עָלַ֛⁠י דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Your words against me have been strong Here **strong** stands for “harsh” or “terrible.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 13 f9dh figs-metaphor חָזְק֥וּ עָלַ֛⁠י דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Your words against me have been strong Here **Your words** stands for “What you have said.” Alternate translation: “What you have said about me is terrible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 13 fv74 figs-rquestion מַה־נִּדְבַּ֖רְנוּ עָלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 What have we said among ourselves against you? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have said nothing against God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not said anything among ourselves against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 14 hnv8 figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַה־בֶּ֗צַע כִּ֤י שָׁמַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִשְׁמַרְתּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כִ֤י הָלַ֨כְנוּ֙ קְדֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה צְבָאֽוֹת 1 What profit is it that we have kept his requirements or walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts? The people ask this question among themselves in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless that we have kept his requirements and walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 3 14 j6y1 figs-metaphor הָלַ֨כְנוּ֙ קְדֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה צְבָאֽוֹת 1 walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts Here **walked mournfully** stands for “behaved in a sorrowful manner,” probably in order to indicate sorrow over their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 14 n7bs figs-metaphor מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה צְבָאֽוֹת 1 before Yahweh of hosts Here this expression refers to God being aware of what the people were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 15 maa8 figs-metaphor אֲנַ֖חְנוּ מְאַשְּׁרִ֣ים זֵדִ֑ים 1 we call the arrogant blessed Here to be called **blessed** stands for being blessed. Alternate translation: “we say that the arrogant are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 15 a55n figs-activepassive נַ֖חְנוּ מְאַשְּׁרִ֣ים זֵדִ֑ים 1 we call the arrogant blessed This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we say that the arrogant are well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 3 15 e45r figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵֽטוּ 1 and escape That is, “and they escape God’s punishment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAL 3 16 e2b8 0 General Information: The event described here may have taken place after the godly people in Israel repented of their sins.
MAL 3 16 le6y 0 a book of remembrance was written before him about those who feared Yahweh This could mean: (1) the Israelites wrote a book so they would remember what they had promised and listed the names of people who feared Yahweh or (2) Yahweh caused someone in heaven to write a book with the names of people who feared him.
MAL 3 16 tdq5 figs-abstractnouns 0 book of remembrance This expression refers to any book that helps people remember important things, such as events or people who lived in the past. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 16 b8vc figs-metonymy 0 honored his name Here “his name” stands for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine Alternate translation: “They will be my people”
MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites
MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between Alternate translation: “see a difference between” or “treat differently”
MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).
MAL 4 1 i1qy figs-metaphor 0 all the arrogant and all the evildoers will become stubble These people are spoken of as if they will become dried-up plants fit only for being burned. It is common for the Bible to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “all the arrogant and all the evildoers will burn up like dry plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 1 f4xr figs-metonymy 0 The day that is coming will burn them up Here “the day” stands for the events that will occur on that day. Alternate translation: “On that day I will burn them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 4 1 x4ll figs-merism 0 it will leave them neither root nor branch This expression continues to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. So being deprived of all roots and branches stands for being completely killed off. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 2 tqe5 figs-metonymy 0 you who fear my name Here “my name” stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 4 2 jc14 0 the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings This could mean: (1) Yahweh, who always acts righteously, will come and heal his people on that day or (2) on that day Yahweh will reveal the people’s righteousness and heal them.
MAL 4 2 p4nc figs-abstractnouns 0 healing in its wings This could mean: (1) the act of healing someone is spoken of as if it were an object that the sun carried to people by means of its wings or (2) the healing takes place under the wings, that is, in the security God gives his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 2 n991 figs-metaphor 0 wings It was common in the Ancient Near East to speak of the sun as if it had wings, with which it moved across the sky. This could mean: (1) the sun’s life-giving rays of light are spoken of as if they were its wings or (2) the wings are said to cover God’s people so as to give them peace and safey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 2 is44 figs-simile 0 You will go out, and you will leap like calves from the stall Here the redeemed people of Yahweh are spoken of as if they were young bulls released from their stalls, allowed to go out into their pasture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAL 4 3 cn2r figs-metaphor 0 you will trample down the wicked, for they will be ashes under the soles of your feet Here the victory of God’s people is spoken of as if they were walking over the burned bodies of their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 3 f8ct 0 they will be ashes The Israelites’ enemies are spoken of as having been burned to ashes ([Malachi 4:1](../04/01.md)).
MAL 4 4 if2v figs-abstractnouns 0 Remember the teaching of my servant Moses that I gave him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **teaching**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “taught.” Alternate translation: “Remember what I taught my servant Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 4 4 td5c 0 Remember Here “Remember” stands for “Think about” and, at the same time, “Obey.”
MAL 4 4 n5dr 0 Horeb This is another name for Sinai.
MAL 4 4 r85g figs-metonymy 0 all Israel Here “all Israel” is a reference to all the people in the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 4 4 arq6 0 the statutes These are the laws that God gave Israel for all time.
MAL 4 4 l5p2 0 the rulings These are legal decisions meant to make clear how the general statutes apply to everyday life.
MAL 4 5 cnc1 figs-metaphor 0 the coming of the great and fearful day of Yahweh Here the occurrence of this day is spoken of as if it were coming. Alternate translation: “before the great and fearful day of Yahweh happens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 5 s6ig 0 the great and fearful day of Yahweh This expression refers to any time in which Yahweh acts decisively.
MAL 4 6 kql7 figs-metaphor 0 He will turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers Here changing how people think is spoken of as if it were turning their hearts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 3 16 le6y וַ֠⁠יִּכָּתֵב סֵ֣פֶר זִכָּר֤וֹן לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠יִרְאֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 a book of remembrance was written before him about those who feared Yahweh This could mean: (1) the Israelites wrote a book so they would remember what they had promised and listed the names of people who feared Yahweh or (2) Yahweh caused someone in heaven to write a book with the names of people who feared him.
MAL 3 16 tdq5 figs-abstractnouns סֵ֣פֶר זִכָּר֤וֹן 1 a book of remembrance This expression refers to any book that helps people remember important things, such as events or people who lived in the past. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 16 b8vc figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠חֹשְׁבֵ֖י שְׁמֽ⁠וֹ 1 and honored his name Here **his name** stands for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 3 17 em21 וְ⁠הָ֣יוּ לִ֗⁠י 1 They will be mine Alternate translation: “They will be my people”
MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns סְגֻלָּ֑ה 1 my treasured possession Here **possession** refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “those who will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 17 pp17 לַ⁠יּ֕וֹם 1 in the day the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites
MAL 3 18 d9hz וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֔ם בֵּ֥ין 1 you will distinguish between Alternate translation: “you will see a difference between” or “you will treat differently”
MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br><br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
MAL 4 1 q73f הִנֵּ֤ה 1 behold Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ בָּ֔א בֹּעֵ֖ר כַּ⁠תַּנּ֑וּר 1 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were **burning**. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 1 e9jy זֵדִ֜ים…עֹשֵׂ֤ה רִשְׁעָה֙ 1 the arrogant … the evildoers See how you translated these words in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).
MAL 4 1 i1qy figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָי֨וּ כָל־זֵדִ֜ים וְ⁠כָל־עֹשֵׂ֤ה רִשְׁעָה֙ קַ֔שׁ 1 when all the arrogant and all the evildoers will become stubble These people are spoken of as if they will become dried-up plants fit only for being burned. It is common for the Bible to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “all the arrogant and all the evildoers will burn up like dry plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 1 f4xr figs-metonymy וְ⁠לִהַ֨ט אֹתָ֜⁠ם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠בָּ֗א 1 The day that is coming will burn them up Here **The day** stands for the events that will occur on that day. Alternate translation: “On that day I will burn them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 4 1 x4ll figs-metaphor לֹא־יַעֲזֹ֥ב לָ⁠הֶ֖ם שֹׁ֥רֶשׁ וְ⁠עָנָֽף 1 it will leave them neither root nor branch This expression continues to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 1 o0u8 figs-metaphor לֹא־יַעֲזֹ֥ב לָ⁠הֶ֖ם שֹׁ֥רֶשׁ וְ⁠עָנָֽף 1 it will leave them neither root nor branch Being deprived of all roots and branches stands for being completely killed off. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 2 tqe5 figs-metonymy לָ⁠כֶ֜ם יִרְאֵ֤י שְׁמִ⁠י֙ 1 for you who fear my name Here **my name** stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 4 2 jc14 וְ⁠זָרְחָ֨ה…שֶׁ֣מֶשׁ צְדָקָ֔ה וּ⁠מַרְפֵּ֖א בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 But … the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings This could mean: (1) Yahweh, who always acts righteously, will come and heal his people on that day or (2) on that day Yahweh will reveal the people’s righteousness and heal them.
MAL 4 2 p4nc figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מַרְפֵּ֖א בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 with healing in its wings If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **healing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ability to heal in its wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 4 2 nogu figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַרְפֵּ֖א בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 with healing in its wings This could mean: (1) the act of healing someone is spoken of as if it were an object that the sun carried to people by means of its wings or (2) the healing takes place under the wings, that is, in the security God gives his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 2 n991 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 in its wings It was common in the Ancient Near East to speak of the sun as if it had **wings**, with which it moved across the sky. This could mean: (1) the sun’s life-giving rays of light are spoken of as if they were its wings or (2) the wings are said to cover God’s people so as to give them peace and safey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 2 is44 figs-simile וִֽ⁠יצָאתֶ֥ם וּ⁠פִשְׁתֶּ֖ם כְּ⁠עֶגְלֵ֥י מַרְבֵּֽק 1 You will go out, and you will leap like calves from the stall Here the redeemed people of Yahweh are spoken of as if they were young bulls released from their stalls, allowed to go out into their pasture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAL 4 3 cn2r figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַסּוֹתֶ֣ם רְשָׁעִ֔ים כִּֽי־יִהְי֣וּ אֵ֔פֶר תַּ֖חַת כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And you will trample down the wicked, for they will be ashes under the soles of your feet Here the victory of God’s people is spoken of as if they were walking over the burned bodies of their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 3 f8ct יִהְי֣וּ אֵ֔פֶר 1 they will be ashes The Israelites’ enemies are spoken of as having been burned to **ashes** ([Malachi 4:1](../04/01.md)).
MAL 4 4 if2v figs-abstractnouns זִכְר֕וּ תּוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֣ה עַבְדִּ֑⁠י אֲשֶׁר֩ צִוִּ֨יתִי אוֹת֤⁠וֹ 1 Remember the law of my servant Moses that I commanded him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **law**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “taught.” Alternate translation: “Remember what I taught my servant Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 4 4 td5c זִכְר֕וּ 1 Remember Here **Remember** stands for “Think about” and, at the same time, “Obey.”
MAL 4 4 n5dr בְ⁠חֹרֵב֙ 1 at Horeb **Horeb** is another name for Sinai.
MAL 4 4 r85g figs-metonymy כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 all Israel Here **all Israel** is a reference to all the people in the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 4 4 arq6 חֻקִּ֖ים 1 the statutes These are the laws that God gave Israel for all time.
MAL 4 4 l5p2 וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטִֽים 1 and the rulings These are legal decisions meant to make clear how the general statutes apply to everyday life.
MAL 4 5 cnc1 figs-metaphor בּ֚וֹא י֣וֹם יְהוָ֔ה הַ⁠גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹרָֽא 1 the coming of the great and fearful day of Yahweh Here the occurrence of this **day** is spoken of as if it were **coming**. Alternate translation: “before the great and fearful day of Yahweh happens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 5 s6ig י֣וֹם יְהוָ֔ה הַ⁠גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹרָֽא 1 the great and fearful day of Yahweh This expression refers to any time in which Yahweh acts decisively.
MAL 4 6 kql7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֤יב לֵב־אָבוֹת֙ עַל־בָּנִ֔ים וְ⁠לֵ֥ב בָּנִ֖ים עַל־אֲבוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 He will turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers Here changing how people think is spoken of as if it were turning their hearts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 38 and column 166.

56
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
View File

@ -3305,7 +3305,7 @@ ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄ
ACT 25 19 d1qm figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας 1 their own religion If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **religion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “their religious beliefs” or “their beliefs about God and spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 25 20 l564 figs-quotations ἔλεγον εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων 1 asked if he might be willing to go to Jerusalem and be judged there about these things It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked, ‘Might you be willing to go to Jerusalem and be judged there about these things?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-activepassive κρίνεσθαι 1 and be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have me judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν 1 appealed that he be kept If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “asked that I keep him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ…Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν 1 appealed that he be kept If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when Paul asked that I keep him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 25 21 l570 writing-politeness τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ 1 of the August one Festus is referring to the Roman emperor by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a similar title that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “of His Majesty the Emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν 1 I commanded him to be kept If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I commanded the guards to keep him in custody” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 25 22 l565 figs-rpronouns ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι 1 I myself was also wanting to hear this man Agrippa is using the reflexive pronoun **myself** for emphasis. It may be more natural in your language to express this emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I too would certainly want to hear this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@ -3315,7 +3315,7 @@ ACT 25 24 l567 figs-gendernotations πάντες οἱ…ἄνδρες 1 all the
ACT 25 24 l571 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 with us By **us**, Festus means himself and King Agrippa but not the rest of the crowd to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 25 24 n8qj figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν μοι 1 the whole multitude of the Jews petitioned me Festus says **the whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the multitude of the Jews petitioned me urgently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 25 24 l568 figs-quotations βοῶντες μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι 1 shouting that he ought not to live any longer It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “shouting, ‘He ought not to live any longer!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ACT 25 24 yv2q figs-doublenegatives μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι 1 he ought not to live any longer In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “he ought not to live no longer.” In Greek, the second negative does not cancel the first, creating a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he should die immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT 25 24 yv2q figs-doublenegatives μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι 1 he ought not to live any longer In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “he ought not to live no longer.” In Greek, the second negative creates a positive meaning by canceling the first negative. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he should die immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT 25 25 g856 writing-politeness τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 to the August one Festus is referring to the Roman emperor by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a similar title that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “to His Majesty The Empeor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT 25 26 l569 writing-politeness τῷ κυρίῳ 1 to the lord Festus is referring to the emperor by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to our lord the emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT 25 26 fe2n figs-yousingular ὑμῶν…σοῦ 1 of you…you Here the first instance of **you** is plural and refers to everyone assembled in the hall. The second **you** is singular and is directed only to Agrippa. Use the plural and singular forms in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@ -3327,19 +3327,19 @@ ACT 26 2 mdq2 figs-activepassive ὧν ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδ
ACT 26 2 cbr3 figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 26 3 kns2 figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν κατὰ Ἰουδαίους, ἐθῶν τε καὶ ζητημάτων 1 in all the customs and controversies among the Jews Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in a wide range of customs and controversies among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 26 4 t8bg figs-hyperbole ἴσασι πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 all the Jews know Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Jews know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 26 4 x96h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 in my nation and in Jerusalem By **nation**, Paul most likely means by association the people of his nation, that is, the Jews. Alternate translation: “among the Jews in the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 26 5 y9a1 figs-exclusive τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας 1 of our religion By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 26 4 x96h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 in my nation and in Jerusalem By **nation**, Paul most likely means by association the people of his nation, that is, the Jews. Alternate translation: “among the Jews, especially in the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 26 5 y9a1 figs-exclusive τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας 1 of our religion By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 26 6 s9kr writing-newevent νῦν 1 Now Paul is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new phase of his defense. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive ἕστηκα κρινόμενος 1 I stand here being judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 26 6 r42g figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of hope of the promise made to our fathers by God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because I hope in the promise made to our fathers by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 26 6 l574 figs-activepassive τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the promise made to our fathers by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the promise that God made to our fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 26 6 l575 figs-extrainfo τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the promise made to our fathers by God Since Paul explains in verse 8 that the **promise** for which he has **hope** is the resurrection from the dead, here you do not need to further explain what Paul means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT 26 6 l575 figs-extrainfo τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the promise made to our fathers by God Since Paul explains in verse 8 that the **promise** for which he has **hope** is the resurrection from the dead, here you do not need to explain further what Paul means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ACT 26 6 l576 figs-metaphor τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 26 6 l577 figs-exclusive τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 26 6 l577 figs-exclusive τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes Paul is referring to the people of Israel by association with the way that nation was historically composed of 12 tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 26 7 l578 figs-exclusive τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 26 7 l578 figs-exclusive τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 26 7 l579 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ…λατρεῦον 1 serving in earnestness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **earnestness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serving earnestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 night and day Paul is using the two parts of a full day, **night** and **day**, to refer to continuous activity throughout the period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “continually” or, if you translated **serving in earnestness** as “serving earnestly”: “and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 night and day Paul is using the two parts of a full day, **night** and **day**, to refer to continuous activity throughout a full day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “continually” or, if you translated **serving in earnestness** as “serving earnestly”: “and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ACT 26 7 a580 figs-activepassive ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 I am being accused by the Jews If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews are accusing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 26 7 c4lm figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by these Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 26 8 de83 figs-rquestion τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει? 1 Why is it judged unbelievable among you that God raises the dead? Paul is using the question form to challenge the Jewish leaders who are accusing him. Many of them are Pharisees who believe that God does raise the dead, and yet they do not believe that God raised Jesus from the dead. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “By accusing me, you are acting as if you do not believe that God raises the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -3354,7 +3354,7 @@ ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων…αὐτῶν 1 whe
ACT 26 10 l584 figs-explicit κατήνεγκα ψῆφον 1 I cast my vote against them The implication is that Paul **cast his vote** as a member of the Sanhedrin. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as a member of the Sanhedrin, I cast my vote against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 26 11 b584 figs-hyperbole κατὰ πάσας τὰς συναγωγὰς…τιμωρῶν αὐτοὺς 1 punishing them in all the synagogues Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “going from one synagogue to another to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 26 12 ajp6 figs-hendiadys μετ’ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς 1 with authority and a commission This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **authority** tells what kind of **commission** the **chief priests** gave Paul. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “with an authoritative commission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ACT 26 14 l585 figs-quotesinquotes ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ, Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις? σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, calling me twice by name, asking me why I was persecuting it, and telling me it was hard for me to kick against a goad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 26 14 l585 figs-quotesinquotes ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ, Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις? σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, calling me twice by name, asking me why I was persecuting him, and telling me it was hard for me to kick against a goad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 26 14 sip5 figs-personification ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με 1 I heard a voice speaking to me Paul is speaking of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 26 14 du3t figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting me? The voice is using the question form to rebuke Saul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the rebuke in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 It is hard for you to kick against a goad The voice is speaking as if Paul were literally kicking against a **goad**, that is, a sharp object that people use to prod an animal. The voice means that by opposing Jesus and persecuting believers, Paul is hurting himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are hurting yourself by what you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -3366,7 +3366,7 @@ ACT 26 16 a590 figs-explicitinfo ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ
ACT 26 16 a591 figs-activepassive ὀφθήσομαί σοι 1 I will be shown to you If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will show myself to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 26 17 a592 figs-quotesinquotes ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω σε, 1 rescuing you from the people and from the Gentiles, to whom I am sending you, If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He told me that he would rescue me from the peoples and from the Gentiles, to whom he was sending me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 26 17 a593 figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the people By **the people**, Jesus means specifically the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 26 18 a594 figs-quotesinquotes ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ 1 to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in me.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 26 18 a594 figs-quotesinquotes ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ 1 to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in me.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι 1 to open their eyes to turn Jesus is speaking of Paul helping people to understand the truth about him as if Paul would literally **open** the **eyes** of these people. Alternate translation: “to help them understand the truth about me so that they will turn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 26 18 gw8f figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς 1 to turn from darkness to light Jesus is speaking of Paul helping people to stop doing what is wrong and to start obeying God as if the Paul would be literally helping these people stop directing their attention to **darkness** and start directing it to **light**. Alternate translation: “so that they will stop doing what is wrong and start obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 26 18 q3h8 figs-explicit καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 and from the authority of Satan to God By **authority**, Jesus implicitly means the control that **Satan** has over people who are under his authority. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and no longer have Satan control them but have God control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3392,12 +3392,12 @@ ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι 1 I am not insane If
ACT 26 25 a6pb writing-politeness κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 most excellent Festus The expression **most excellent** was a formal title by which people addressed Roman officials. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). Alternate translation: “Honorable Governor Festus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT 26 25 a597 figs-possession ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα 1 words of truth and of sanity Paul is using the possessive form to describe the character of the **words** he is **speaking**. Alternate translation: “words that are true and sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ACT 26 26 cs7b writing-politeness πρὸς ὃν καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ 1 to whom indeed, speaking boldly, I am talking Paul recognizes that he is being very outspoken in response to King Agrippa’s invitation to speak for himself, so he implicitly apologizes. In your translation, you can use a comparable expression from your language and culture. Alternate translation: “and I hope that he will pardon me for speaking so boldly as I talk to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-doublenegatives λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν 1 I am not persuaded that any of these things at all eludes him In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “I am not persuaded that any of these things in no respect eludes him” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am persuaded that not one of these things at all eludes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-doublenegatives λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν 1 I am not persuaded that any of these things at all eludes him In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “I am not persuaded that not any of these things eludes him.” In Greek, the second negative creates a positive meaning by canceling the first negative. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am persuaded that not one of these things at all eludes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 1 this has not been done in a corner If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this did not happen in a corner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 26 26 xqr1 figs-litotes οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 1 this has not been done in a corner Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this has been done openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ACT 26 26 i5wg figs-metaphor ἐν γωνίᾳ 1 in a corner Paul is speaking as if Jesus might have done things secretly, as if he had done them **in a corner** of a room where no one could see him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 26 27 a4a2 figs-rquestion πιστεύεις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις? 1 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? Paul asks this question to challenge **King Agrippa** to recognize that if he believes what the prophets wrote, then he should believe that Jesus rose from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should believe what I am saying about Jesus since you believe the prophets, King Agrippa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 In little are you persuading me to make me a Christian? Agrippa is using the question form to challenge Paul. He is asserting that what Paul has said so far is not sufficiently persuasive. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. The term **little** could mean: (1) little proof. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian with so little proof.” (2) little time. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian in such a short time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι? 1 In little are you persuading me to make me a Christian? Agrippa is using the question form to challenge Paul. He is asserting that what Paul has said so far is not sufficiently persuasive. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. The term **little** could mean: (1) little proof. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian with so little proof.” (2) little time. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian in such a short time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 26 29 a598 καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἐν μεγάλῳ 1 either in little or in much The term **little** could mean: (1) little proof. Alternate translation: “whether what I have said is enough or whether you need more proof” (2) little time. Alternate translation: “whether it takes a short time or a long time”
ACT 26 29 k7kq figs-synecdoche παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων 1 without these chains Paul is using one aspect of imprisonment, the **chains** that bound prisoners at this time, to mean the entire state of being imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 26 31 blz8 figs-metonymy οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man is not doing anything worthy of death or of chains The king and governor are referring to a penalty of death by association with **death** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This man does not deserve to receive the death penalty or to be kept in chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -3417,7 +3417,7 @@ ACT 27 2 a601 translate-names Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλονικέως 1 a
ACT 27 3 a602 figs-idiom κατήχθημεν εἰς Σιδῶνα 1 we came down to Sidon As the General Notes to this chapter explain, Luke says that he and the other travelers **came down** to Sidon because that was the customary way in this culture of describing people arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “we landed at Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 3 rp73 figs-abstractnouns ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν 1 to receive their care If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **care**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that they could care for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 27 4 mjt8 figs-idiom ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον 1 we sailed under Cyprus The expression **sailed under** does not mean that the travelers sailed south of the island of Cyprus, such as Luke describes in [21:3](../21/03.md), even though that would have been the shortest route. Rather, **sailed under** means that the ship kept close to the northern shore of the island, which loomed above the ship and blocked the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that meaning plainly. However, if the people of your culture are familiar with sea travel, you could use the corresponding expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we stayed close to the northern shore of Cyprus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 5 y6m6 figs-explicit κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας 1 we came down to Myra of Lycia Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the travelers got off the ship at **Myra**. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 27 5 y6m6 figs-explicit κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας 1 we came down to Myra of Lycia Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the travelers got off the ship at **Myra**. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “we came down to Myra of Lycia, where we got off the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 27 5 ni2x translate-names Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας 1 Myra of Lycia The word **Myra** is the name of a city, and the word **Lycia** is the name of the province in which that city was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-metonymy πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 an Alexandrian ship sailing to Italy Luke is referring to what the crew of this ship was doing by association with the ship itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a ship whose crew was sailing it to Italy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 from Alexandria The word **Alexandrian** is the name for someone or something that comes from the city of Alexandria. See how you translated it in [18:24](../18/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -3439,7 +3439,7 @@ ACT 27 12 jmi3 translate-unknown λιμένος 1 harbor A **harbor** is a place
ACT 27 12 z1lf translate-unknown παραχειμασίαν…παραχειμάσαι 1 wintering…to winter there The terms **wintering** and **to winter** mean to stay in a place that is safe during the winter, which is a cold and stormy season in this location. If the seasons do not vary much in your location or if there is not a cold and stormy season, you could explain this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “staying during a cold and stormy season … to stay there during the cold and stormy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 27 12 k2ti translate-names Φοίνικα 1 Phoenix The word **Phoenix** is the name of a port city on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 27 12 a608 figs-idiom βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον 1 looking according to the southwest wind and according to the northwest wind This expression means that the Phoenix harbor provided access for ships to sail out in the directions that the winds coming from the **southwest** and the **northwest** blew. That is, ships would sail out to the northeast and southeast from the harbor, and they would enter the harbor from the northeast or southeast. Your language and culture may have a comparable expression of its own that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you could describe this in general terms. Alternate translation: “looking down the northwest wind and down the southwest wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 12 x6vl figs-metaphor βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον 1 looking according to the southwest wind and according to the northwest wind Luke is speaking as if the harbor of Phoenix was literally **looking** in these directions. He means that it gave access for ships to sail in those directions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “giving access to sail to the northeast or to the southeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 27 12 x6vl figs-metaphor βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον 1 looking according to the southwest wind and according to the northwest wind Luke is speaking as if the harbor of Phoenix was literally **looking** in these directions. He means that it gave access for ships to sail in those directions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “giving access for sailing to the northeast or to the southeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 27 12 gyd2 translate-unknown λίβα…χῶρον 1 the southwest…the northwest These directions are based on the rising and setting of the sun. The **southwest** is somewhat to the left of the setting sun, and the **northwest** is somewhat to the right of the setting sun. If you decide to use the terms “northeast” and “southeast” instead, based on the two previous notes, the northeast is somewhat to the left of the rising sun and the southeast is somewhat to the right of the rising sun. Your language and culture may have their own terms for these directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 27 13 xx67 translate-unknown ἄραντες 1 having raised {the anchor} An **anchor** is a heavy object that is attached to a rope that is tied to a ship. The ship’s crew tosses the anchor into the water and it sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. The crew raises the anchor out of the water when it is time for the ship to travel. Your language may have a specific expression for this action. Alternate translation: “having weighed anchor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 27 13 a603 writing-pronouns παρελέγοντο 1 they were sailing The pronoun **they** refers to the crew of the ship. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the crew was sailing the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -3448,7 +3448,7 @@ ACT 27 14 g1ek translate-transliterate ὁ καλούμενος Εὐρακύλ
ACT 27 14 lrs7 figs-activepassive ὁ καλούμενος 1 called If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the sailors called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 14 tz2k writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 it The pronoun **it** refers to the island of Crete. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the island of Crete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 27 15 a609 figs-activepassive συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 the ship having been seized and not being able to face into the wind If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the wind seized the ship, so that we were not able to face into the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 15 a610 figs-personification συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 the ship having been seized and not being able to face into the wind Luke is speaking of the **wind** as if they were a living thing that **seized** the **ship**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the wind blowing with such force that it kept the ship from sailing in the direction from which it was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 27 15 a610 figs-personification συναρπασθέντος…τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 the ship having been seized and not being able to face into the wind Luke is speaking of the **wind** as if it were a living thing that **seized** the **ship**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the wind blowing with such force that it kept the ship from sailing in the direction from which it was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 27 15 a611 figs-metaphor ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 to face into the wind Luke is speaking as if the ship literally had a **face** that it could turn towards the wind. Your language may have an expression that suits this context and that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “to bear up against the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 27 15 w1hl figs-activepassive ἐφερόμεθα 1 we were driven along If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind drove us along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 16 c4cg figs-idiom νησίον…τι ὑποδραμόντες, καλούμενον Καῦδα 1 running under a certain island called Cauda The expression **running under** is a sailing term that means to go along a specific side of some land in order to block the wind. Your language may have a specific expression for this action. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “sailing under the lee of a certain island called Cauda” or “sailing on the side of an island called Cauda where the wind was not so strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -3474,8 +3474,8 @@ ACT 27 20 lrs6 figs-personification ἐπικειμένου 1 lying upon us Luke
ACT 27 20 mnj5 figs-activepassive λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the same ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we finally lost all hope that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 20 l618 figs-abstractnouns λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we finally stopped hoping that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 27 20 l619 figs-hyperbole λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it finally became very difficult to hope that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ACT 27 21 d1le figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 as there had been much abstinence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abstinence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And as we had gone a long time without eating food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 27 21 zns2 translate-symaction σταθεὶς…ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν 1 having stood up in the midst of them Paul **stood up** to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up in the midst of them to show that he had something important to say, said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 27 21 d1le figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς…ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 as there had been much abstinence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abstinence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as we had gone a long time without eating food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 27 21 zns2 translate-symaction σταθεὶς…ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 having stood up in the midst of them Paul **stood up** to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up in the midst of them to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ACT 27 21 bc1x figs-doublet τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν 1 this injury and loss The terms **injury** and **loss** mean similar things. Paul is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “such a great loss” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT 27 22 djh4 figs-ellipsis ἀποβολὴ…ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου 1 there will be no loss of life among you, only of the ship Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “there will be no loss of life among you, there will only be loss of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ACT 27 23 a620 figs-parallelism τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὗ εἰμι, ᾧ καὶ λατρεύω 1 of the God whose I am and whom I serve The phrases **whose I am** and **whom I serve** mean similar things. Paul is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “of the God I worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -3487,30 +3487,30 @@ ACT 27 26 vmp6 figs-idiom εἰς νῆσον…τινα…ἐκπεσεῖν 1
ACT 27 27 rrm5 translate-ordinal τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ 1 the fourteenth night If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “night 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων ἡμῶν 1 as we were being driven about If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the storm was driving us about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 27 afs6 translate-names τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ 1 the Hadria The word **Hadria** is the term that people of this culture used to describe the open Mediterranean Sea between Italy and Malta on the west and Greece and Crete on the east. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 27 27 a623 figs-personification προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν 1 some land to be approaching them Luke is speaking of this **land** as if it was a living thing that was **approaching** the sailors on the ship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were approaching some land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 27 28 ruj1 figs-idiom βολίσαντες 1 taking soundings The expression **taking soundings** is a nautical term that describes sailors determining the depth of the water. Sailors measure this by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “measuring the depth of the sea water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 27 a623 figs-personification προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν 1 some land to be approaching them Luke is speaking of this **land** as if it were a living thing that was **approaching** the sailors on the ship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were approaching some land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 27 28 ruj1 figs-idiom βολίσαντες 1 taking soundings The expression **taking soundings** is a nautical term that describes sailors determining the depth of the water. Sailors measure this by dropping a marked line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “measuring the depth of the sea water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι…ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε 1 20 fathoms…15 fathoms A **fathom** is a unit of measurement of the depth of water. One fathom is equal to about two meters or about six feet. Alternate translation: “40 meters … 30 meters” or “120 feet … 90 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
ACT 27 29 a624 figs-idiom κατὰ…ἐκπέσωμεν 1 we might fall upon a rugged place The expression **fall upon** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship running aground on **some rugged place**. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “we might run aground on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 29 q4am figs-idiom πρύμνης 1 the stern The word **stern** is a nautical term that means the back of a ship. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the back of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 30 rr89 figs-idiom πρῴρης 1 the bow The word **bow** is a nautical term that means the front of a ship. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the front of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 31 sz8y figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε 1 you are not able to be saved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to save yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 32 a625 figs-idiom ἐκπεσεῖν 1 fall away The expression **fall away** is a nautical term that in this context could mean: (1) that the soldiers let the lifeboat fall into the water where none of the sailors could get into it, because it was no longer tied to the ship. Alternate translation: “fall into the water” (2) that the soldiers let the lifeboat, which was already in the water, drift away where none of the sailors could get into it. Alternate translation: “drift away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν, προσδοκῶντες…διατελεῖτε 1 Anxiously waiting for a fourteenth day today, you are continuing If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “This is day 14 that you have been anxiously waiting, and you are continuing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν, προσδοκῶντες…διατελεῖτε 1 Anxiously waiting for a fourteenth day today, you are continuing If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “This is now day 14 that you have been anxiously waiting, and you are continuing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ACT 27 33 a626 figs-doublet ἄσιτοι…μηθὲν προσλαβόμενοι 1 fasting, having eaten nothing The expressions **fasting** and **having eaten nothing** mean similar things. Paul is using the two expressions together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express this emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to eat nothing at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT 27 34 a627 figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο…πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει 1 this is for your salvation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “this will save you” or “this will keep you alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 27 34 j3qx figs-synecdoche οὐδενὸς…ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται 1 a hair from the head of none of you will perish Paul is using one part of each of his listeners, a **hair** from his **head**, to represent all of that listener. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of you will survive without suffering harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive εὔθυμοι…γενόμενοι πάντες 1 they were all encouraged The phrase **were … encouraged** is not actually a passive form in Greek. The word translated **encouraged** is an adjective. However, this phrase might sound like a passive verbal form in other langauges. If your language does not use passive forms, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this encouraged them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 37 ynq3 writing-background ἤμεθα…αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ 1 we, all the souls in the ship, were 276 This is background information about the number of people on the ship. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ACT 27 37 a628 figs-synecdoche αἱ…ψυχαὶ 1 the souls Luke is using one part of the people on the ship, their **souls**, to represent their entire selves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 27 38 a629 figs-activepassive κορεσθέντες δὲ τροφῆς 1 having been satisfied with food If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And having eaten enough food to satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 38 a629 figs-activepassive κορεσθέντες…τροφῆς 1 having been satisfied with food If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having eaten enough food to satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 39 a643 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 they were not recognizing Here and in the rest of this verse and in the next verse, the pronoun **they** refers to the sailors. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the sailors were not recognizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ACT 27 39 vdk2 translate-unknown κόλπον…τινα 1 a certain bay A **bay** is a large area of water that partly surrounded by land but open to a larger body of water. Your language may have a specific expression for this. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “a certain area of water sheltered by the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 27 39 vdk2 translate-unknown κόλπον…τινα 1 a certain bay A **bay** is a large area of water that partly surrounded by land but open to a larger body of water. Your language may have a specific expression for this kind of area. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “a certain area of water sheltered by the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 27 40 ntr9 figs-idiom τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων 1 the bands of the rudders The words **bands** and **rudders** are nautical terms. The **rudders** were large pieces of wood at the back of the ship that the sailors used for steering the ship. The **bands** were ropes or cords that held the rudders out of the water while anchors were holding the ship in one place. If your language does not have comparable nautical terms, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the ropes that held out of the water the pieces of wood that the sailors used to steer the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 40 cn2w translate-unknown τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the topsail A sail is a large piece of cloth that catches the wind in order to propel a ship through the water. A **topsail** is a sail that sailors place at the top of a mast on a ship. A mast is a vertical pole with horizontal arms that hold sails. Alternate translation: “the sail that sailors put at the top of a pole, high above the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 27 40 pa1k figs-idiom κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they were heading to the beach In this context, the expression **they were heading** is a nautical term that describes a ship maintaining its course in a specific direction. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were steering the ship toward the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 41 a630 figs-idiom περιπεσόντες 1 having fallen into The expression **fall into** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship striking land. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “striking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 40 cn2w translate-unknown τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the topsail A sail is a large piece of cloth that catches the wind in order to propel a ship through the water. A **topsail** is a sail that sailors place at the top of a mast on a ship. A mast is a vertical pole with cross-poles that hold sails. Alternate translation: “the sail that sailors put at the top of a pole, high above the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ACT 27 40 pa1k figs-idiom κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they were heading to the beach In this context, the expression **they were heading** is a nautical term that describes a ship moving in a specific direction. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were steering the ship toward the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 41 a630 figs-idiom περιπεσόντες…εἰς 1 having fallen into The expression **having fallen into** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship striking land. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “striking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 41 y22n figs-idiom τόπον διθάλασσον 1 a place between two seas The expression **a place between two seas** is a nautical term that describes a sandbar that extends out from the land. A sandbar forms when a sea current coming from one direction flows across a sea current coming from another direction. This causes the sand under the water to pile up, making the water shallow and dangerous for ships. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “a sandbar extending out from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 27 41 a631 figs-activepassive ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 the stern was being loosed by the violence If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the violence was breaking up the stern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 41 a631 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 the stern was being loosed by the violence If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the violence was breaking up the stern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 27 41 a632 figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 the violence Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he is referring to the **violence** of the waves that were hitting the **stern** of the ship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by the violence of the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 27 41 a634 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 by the violence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because the waves that were hitting it were so strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 27 44 a644 figs-ellipsis καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς 1 and the rest Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the previous verse if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the rest to depart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -3569,7 +3569,7 @@ ACT 28 20 a617 figs-activepassive τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκ
ACT 28 20 pgr8 figs-synecdoche τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι 1 I am bound with this chain Paul is using one aspect of imprisonment, the **chain** with which he is bound, to mean the entire state of being imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Romans are keeping me as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ACT 28 21 x5d5 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 We By **We**, these Jewish leaders mean themselves but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ACT 28 21 y4bx figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 of the brothers These Jewish leaders are using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 28 21 a618 figs-doublet ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι 1 reported or said anything The terms **reported** and **said** mean similar things. The Jewish leaders are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “told us anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT 28 21 a618 figs-doublet οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι 1 reported or said anything The terms **reported** and **said** mean similar things. The Jewish leaders are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “nor have any of the brothers, coming, told us anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT 28 22 gy8t figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστιν 1 it is known to us If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive ἀντιλέγεται 1 it is spoken against If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people speak against it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 28 22 a619 figs-hyperbole πανταχοῦ 1 everywhere The Jewish leaders say **everywhere** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in places throughout the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -3601,7 +3601,7 @@ ACT 28 27 vb9f figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them T
ACT 28 27 a657 figs-quotemarks ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them.’” This is the end of a quotation within a quotation. You may be able to indicate that with closing second-level quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the end of a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ACT 28 28 a658 figs-imperative3p γνωστὸν…ἔστω 1 let it be known to you If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may it be known to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]])
ACT 28 28 e8hb figs-activepassive τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who has done the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has sent me to proclaim this salvation of his to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 28 28 b2za figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη 1 this salvation of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “this message about how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 28 28 b2za figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this salvation of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “this message about how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 28 28 d18n figs-idiom αὐτοὶ…ἀκούσονται 1 they will hear In this context the word **hear** likely means “understand and obey,” since Paul is drawing a contrast with the stubborn response of many of the Jews. You may wish to make this clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “they will understand the message and obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 28 29 a659 translate-textvariants 0 As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this verse is found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but it is not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting the verse in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory ἐνέμεινεν δὲ διετίαν ὅλην ἐν ἰδίῳ μισθώματι 1 And he stayed for two whole years in his own rented house This is the beginning of information that Luke presents to bring the story of the book of Acts to a close. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

162
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

118
en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ GAL 1 1 fyu8 figs-distinguish Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἐγείραντ
GAL 1 1 wmlj figs-extrainfo Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the Father** could be (1) a general title for God which identifies him as the first person in the Christian Trinity. If you choose this option then you should not define whose **Father** God is in your translation but rather you should use a more an expression like the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) (2) referring to God’s relationship to those who believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “God our Father”
GAL 1 1 w3gr figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 2 wmd2 figs-explicit Γαλατίας 1 Here, the word **Galatia** could refer to: (1) the Roman political province called **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or (2) the geographical region known as **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the region of Galatia” If it would help your readers you could state explicitly what the word **Galatia** refers to here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 1 2 aa9v figs-possession τῆς Γαλατίας 1 Paul uses the possessive form here to describe churches that are in Roman political province called **Galatia** or in the geographical region known as **Galatia**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could clarify the meaning using a form that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or “in the region of Galatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 1 3 nxtz translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 This is a common blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion ἄρτι γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω
GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι…ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 10 fl3c grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ The word **if** introduces a hypothetical condition. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatians. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation or if it would help your readers you can state Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I am not still trying to please men because I am a servant of Christ” or “If I were still pleasing people, then I would not be serving Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
GAL 1 11 xve4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is used to introduce a supporting statement that further supports and gives reason for Paul’s prior statement. Use a form that would be natural in your language for introducing a statement that supports a prior statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 1 11 hew1 figs-gendernotations ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” Alternate translation: “did not come from a human” or “is not a human message” or “is not a message that people made up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 1 12 zfxj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** could be being used to introduce: (1) the grounds or basis for Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md), in which case what follows the word **For** is support for what Paul said in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which gives supporting evidence. Alternate translation: “In support of my claim that the gospel I proclaimed is not according to man, I want you to know that” (2) a statement which explains and builds on Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which further clarifies and explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “To explain further, I want you to know” or “That is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is spe
GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 3 14 l6oj Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning.
GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “Brothers and sisters”
GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from standard daily life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 3 15 si56 ὅμως 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** could be: (1) indicating a concession. Paul is admitting or conceding that the analogy from human legal affairs that he is about to use is imperfect, **Nevertheless** he is going to use it to illustrate a spiritual truth. (2) indicating a comparison. Alternate translation: “similarly” or “likewise”
@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of
GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/05.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -533,15 +533,43 @@ GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of th
GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly”
GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them.
GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have”
GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick.
GAL 4 12 mad2 figs-yousingular οἴδατε…ὑμῖν 1 may have been for nothing In this verse both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m
GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul states that it was a physical sickness that previously caused him to proclaim the gospel to Galatians. This could mean that (1) Paul was already in Galatia and a physical sickness caused Paul to stay in Galatia longer and recover and because of this delay he had time and opportunity to proclaim the gospel to the Galatians (2) because of a physical sickness Paul went to Galatia to recover from his sickness and while there he proclaimed the gospel to the Galatians. Because Paul does not explicitly state which of these two scenarios provided the opportunity for him to preach the gospel, but rather simply focuses on the sickness, you should not further explain what Paul says here about his sickness but rather use a general expression as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n
GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 4 14 tk1l figs-extrainfo τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **your trial in my flesh** means that Paul had some physical problem or malady that either itself caused difficulty (a **trial**) for the Galatians or caused difficulty (a **trial**) for them because they had to care for or help him as a result of his difficulty. Because Paul does not specify the specifics of how his physical malady created a **trial** for the Galatians, it is best to translate this phrase with a general phrase which leaves room for either possibility as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate”
GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us”
GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 15 ard2 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ὁ μακαρισμὸς ὑμῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good”
GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”.
GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **But** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
GAL 4 18 m5m2 figs-explicit καλῷ 1 zealous for them Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if they were his **children**. Paul calls the Galatian believers his **children** because they believed in Jesus as a result of Paul proclaiming the gospel to them. The Galatian believers experienced their spiritual birth as a result of Paul’s labor, so he was their spiritual father and they were his spiritual children. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You who believed the message about Jesus that I proclaimed to you” or “My spiritual childrent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul speaks of as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 19 k4fo figs-activepassive μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forms Christ in you” or “God would form Christ in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”.
GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: “you need to learn what the law really says.” or “let me tell you what the law really says.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GAL 4 24 k5qu ἀλληγορούμενα 1 as an allegory An **allegory** is a historical event that represents something else. In Paul’s allegory, the two women referred to in [Galatians 4:22](../04/22.md) represent two different covenants.
@ -550,12 +578,12 @@ GAL 4 24 u3u9 figs-metaphor δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 she gives birth t
GAL 4 25 u1cc συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents Alternate translation: “represents” or “is similar”.
GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει…μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 27 jql2 εὐφράνθητι 1 Rejoice Alternate translation: “Be happy”.
GAL 4 28 ad75 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
GAL 4 28 ad75 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 4 28 ct63 ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Here, **children of promise** could refer to: (1) Abraham’s children (2) God’s children.
GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This refers to how Abraham became Ishmael’s father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: “by means of human action” or “the natural way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 according to the Spirit Here, **according to Spirit** means Isaac was born in a supernatural way, through the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “because of the Spirit” or “because of the work of the Spirit”
GAL 4 29 jff1 Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
GAL 4 31 sy8u ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
GAL 4 31 sy8u figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory of the two women to remind believers that the are free from having to obey the law.
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free **For freedom Christ set us free** implies that Christ sets believers free from the law and that they are not obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free from the law so that we might live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -580,13 +608,13 @@ GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no othe
GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 is troubling you Alternate translation: “is causing you to be uncertain about the truth” or “stirs up trouble among you”
GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he is This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether they are important or influential.
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-hypo ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize the fact that people are persecuting him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 5 11 nv5x ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md), [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md), [Galatians 4:12](../04/12.md).
GAL 5 11 nv5x figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross has no stumbling block” or “there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a stumbling block represents something that causes people to sin. In this case the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed” or “there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This could be: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” or “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
GAL 5 13 yp6r figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The word *flesh** refers to the part of human nature that does not submit to God. This word sums up the impelling motive of the natural man, and is the moral bias of the man who is not ruled by the Holy Spirit. The relationship between **opportunity** and **the flesh** can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” or “an opportunity to follow the evil desires of your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command This could mean: (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment” (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments”
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words **your** and **yourself** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@ -623,26 +651,44 @@ GAL 5 23 wl7x figs-abstractnouns πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια 1 If your
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if **the flesh** were a person that they **have crucified**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
GAL 5 24 e347 figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 See how you translated **the flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 These phrases refer specifically to the **passions** and **desires** of **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its passion and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting gently, and controlling oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If we live by the Spirit Alternate translation: “Since God’s Spirit has caused us to be alive”
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit Here, **walk** is a metaphor for how a person lives. Alternate translation: “then we should allow the Holy Spirit to guide how we live” or “let us follow the Holy Spirit in every part of our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.<br><br>### Brothers<br>Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New Creation<br><br>People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards someone who is faithful.
GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “Fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν…ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Alternate translation: “if anyone among you” or “if one of you”
GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could mean: (1) a fellow believers catches the person committing a sin. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” (2) a sin overcomes a person so that they sin. Alternate translation: “if someone among you sins” or “if someone is led astray to sin”
GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual Alternate translation: “those of you who are guided by the Spirit” or “you who submit to the Spirit”
GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 restore him Alternate translation: “exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God” or “you should humbly help bring that person to the right path”
GAL 6 1 tr5r ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness This could refer to: (1) the person’s attitude and disposition. Alternate translation: “with an attitude of gentleness” or “in a kind way” (2) the Holy Spirit who is characterized by gentleness is directing the one offering correction. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit of gentleness” or “by following the Holy Spirit who is gentle”
GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-yousingular σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: “Be concerned about yourselves” or “I say to each one of you, ‘Be careful for yourself’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you are tempted and also sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 2 m6jz ἀναπληρώσετε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** does not refer to a set of rules, but most likely to the Messiah’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../1jn/13/34). It involves submission to the person of Jesus and not to a code or list of commandments. This is similar to Paul’s statement that the law can be summarized by loving one another in [Galatians 5:14].
GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)).
GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something Alternate translation: “he is better than others”
GAL 6 3 zz1g μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing Alternate translation: “he is not better than others”
GAL 6 5 ee8v τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses”
GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what it is passionate about and what it desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 5 25 h9hd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If we live by the Spirit Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
GAL 5 25 xvcl figs-activepassive ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit causes us to be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 5 25 ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 1 Here, **live** refers to a Christian’s spirit being alive, which will result in a person living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν\n 1 walk by the Spirit See how you translated **walk by the Spirit** in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.\n\n### Brothers\nPaul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### New Creation\n\nPeople who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Flesh\n\nThis is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 1 vm8f figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Here, “a man” does not refer to a particular man, but to any believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone among you” or “one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
GAL 6 1 vts8 figs-explicit προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could refer to: (1) a believer catching another believer committing a sin. Alternate translation: “a man is discovered while committing any trespass” (2) a person who is overcome by temptation so that they sin. Alternate translation: “a man is overwhelmed by temptation and commits any trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 1 xmbm figs-abstractnouns ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespass**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “tresspassing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 1 t4rm figs-explicit οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual This phrase refers to spiritually immature believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually mature ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 1 tr5r figs-possession πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **gentleness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a gentle spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
GAL 6 1 zudd figs-explicit πνεύματι 1 in a spirit of gentleness Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or emotional state. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
GAL 6 1 jrve σκοπῶν 1 Alternate translation: “paying careful attention to” or “looking out for”
GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-youcrowd σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christians readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lest that person’s sin tempts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 2 l0mz figs-metaphor ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 Paul speaks of the spiritual struggles of immature believers as if they were **burdens** that a person could **carry**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help one another overcome spiritual weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burdens**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 2 i7bf figs-idiom ἀναπληρώσετε 1 Here, **fulfill** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will fully obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
GAL 6 2 m6jz figs-explicit τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** refers to Christ’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 6 3 v6ts grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For if **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖ…φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτόν 1 Although the words **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GAL 6 4 wo1z figs-123person τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος, καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον τὸ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let each one of you examine your own work, and then you will have reason to boast in yourself and not in someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ…τὸ καύχημα ἕξει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **work** and **reason**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he does himself … he can reasonably boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸν…εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
GAL 6 5 euhw grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
GAL 6 5 ee8v figs-metaphor τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The phrase **carry his own burden** could mean: (1) people have their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) people are responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 5 hwxg figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον 1 each one will carry his own load If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burden**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
GAL 6 6 ggkk figs-123person κοινωνείτω…ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον, τῷ κατηχοῦντι, ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let you who are being taught the word share in all good {things} with the one who is teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
GAL 6 6 irxx figs-activepassive ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom someone is teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 6 c1rs figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **the word** refers to what God had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
GAL 6 6 n26e figs-euphemism ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 Here, **all good things** is a polite way of referring to material possessions, including money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “in all that one possesses” or “in all possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n
GAL 6 7 o9sk figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε, Θεὸς οὐ μυκτηρίζεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves. No one can mock God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 Although **man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person … that the person will also reap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ…ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** refers to doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing those results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of the seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever they do” or “everyone receives the results of whatever they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the person who continually does deeds following the evil desires of their heart” or “the person who does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature” or “the person who does what pleases his sinful self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-metaphor θερίσει φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction Here, **destruction** refers to God punishing the person as if the person were harvesting a crop. Alternate translation: “will receive punishment for what he did” or “he will harvest death” or “he will harvest punishment that is forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 plants seed to the Spirit Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to the Spirit** refers to a person who does good actions because he is obeying and following God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the person who does the things God’s Spirit loves” or “the person who lives to please the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -660,4 +706,4 @@ GAL 6 15 n6n7 καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Here, **a new creation*
GAL 6 16 b4al τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God This could refer to: (1) believers in general are the Israel of God (2) Jewish believers are the Israel of God (3) the Jews in general are the Israel of God
GAL 6 17 cz8a κόπους μοι 1 trouble me This means Paul does not want the Galatian believers to doubt his authority or continue to cause him trouble by following teachers who demand them to become circumcised.
GAL 6 17 j729 ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus Here, **the marks** were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus”
GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
12 GAL 1 1 wmlj figs-extrainfo Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the Father** could be (1) a general title for God which identifies him as the first person in the Christian Trinity. If you choose this option then you should not define whose **Father** God is in your translation but rather you should use a more an expression like the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) (2) referring to God’s relationship to those who believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “God our Father”
13 GAL 1 1 w3gr figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
14 GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15 GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
16 GAL 1 2 wmd2 figs-explicit Γαλατίας 1 Here, the word **Galatia** could refer to: (1) the Roman political province called **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or (2) the geographical region known as **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the region of Galatia” If it would help your readers you could state explicitly what the word **Galatia** refers to here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17 GAL 1 2 aa9v figs-possession τῆς Γαλατίας 1 Paul uses the possessive form here to describe churches that are in Roman political province called **Galatia** or in the geographical region known as **Galatia**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could clarify the meaning using a form that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or “in the region of Galatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
18 GAL 1 3 nxtz translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 This is a common blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
62 GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι…ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
63 GAL 1 10 fl3c grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ The word **if** introduces a hypothetical condition. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatians. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation or if it would help your readers you can state Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I am not still trying to please men because I am a servant of Christ” or “If I were still pleasing people, then I would not be serving Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
64 GAL 1 11 xve4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is used to introduce a supporting statement that further supports and gives reason for Paul’s prior statement. Use a form that would be natural in your language for introducing a statement that supports a prior statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
65 GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
66 GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
67 GAL 1 11 hew1 figs-gendernotations ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” Alternate translation: “did not come from a human” or “is not a human message” or “is not a message that people made up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
68 GAL 1 12 zfxj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** could be being used to introduce: (1) the grounds or basis for Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md), in which case what follows the word **For** is support for what Paul said in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which gives supporting evidence. Alternate translation: “In support of my claim that the gospel I proclaimed is not according to man, I want you to know that” (2) a statement which explains and builds on Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which further clarifies and explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “To explain further, I want you to know” or “That is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
341 GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
342 GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
343 GAL 3 14 l6oj Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
344 GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. See how you translated the term “brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “Brothers and sisters”
345 GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from standard daily life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
346 GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
347 GAL 3 15 si56 ὅμως 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** could be: (1) indicating a concession. Paul is admitting or conceding that the analogy from human legal affairs that he is about to use is imperfect, **Nevertheless** he is going to use it to illustrate a spiritual truth. (2) indicating a comparison. Alternate translation: “similarly” or “likewise”
506 GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
507 GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
508 GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
509 GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/05.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
510 GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
511 GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
512 GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
533 GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
534 GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
535 GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly”
536 GAL 4 12 ql14 mad2 figs-yousingular οἴδατε…ὑμῖν 0 1 Connecting Statement: may have been for nothing Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. In this verse both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
537 GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
538 GAL 4 12 n3wf gteu figs-explicit οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
539 GAL 4 14 12 tk1l b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
540 GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
541 GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
542 GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m
543 GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul states that it was a physical sickness that previously caused him to proclaim the gospel to Galatians. This could mean that (1) Paul was already in Galatia and a physical sickness caused Paul to stay in Galatia longer and recover and because of this delay he had time and opportunity to proclaim the gospel to the Galatians (2) because of a physical sickness Paul went to Galatia to recover from his sickness and while there he proclaimed the gospel to the Galatians. Because Paul does not explicitly state which of these two scenarios provided the opportunity for him to preach the gospel, but rather simply focuses on the sickness, you should not further explain what Paul says here about his sickness but rather use a general expression as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
544 GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n
545 GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
546 GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
547 GAL 4 14 tk1l figs-extrainfo τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **your trial in my flesh** means that Paul had some physical problem or malady that either itself caused difficulty (a **trial**) for the Galatians or caused difficulty (a **trial**) for them because they had to care for or help him as a result of his difficulty. Because Paul does not specify the specifics of how his physical malady created a **trial** for the Galatians, it is best to translate this phrase with a general phrase which leaves room for either possibility as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
548 GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate”
549 GAL 4 17 14 s9kn h3vm figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
550 GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
551 GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
552 GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
553 GAL 4 15 ard2 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ὁ μακαρισμὸς ὑμῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
554 GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
555 GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
556 GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
557 GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
558 GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
559 GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
560 GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
561 GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
562 GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
563 GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good”
564 GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
565 GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
566 GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
567 GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”.
568 GAL 4 19 18 u3eb hjp6 figs-metaphor grammar-connect-words-phrases τέκνα μου δὲ 1 My little children zealous for them This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) The word **But** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
569 GAL 4 19 18 yf9e m5m2 figs-metaphor figs-explicit οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν καλῷ 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you zealous for them Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
570 GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if they were his **children**. Paul calls the Galatian believers his **children** because they believed in Jesus as a result of Paul proclaiming the gospel to them. The Galatian believers experienced their spiritual birth as a result of Paul’s labor, so he was their spiritual father and they were his spiritual children. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You who believed the message about Jesus that I proclaimed to you” or “My spiritual childrent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
571 GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul speaks of as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
572 GAL 4 19 k4fo figs-activepassive μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forms Christ in you” or “God would form Christ in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
573 GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”.
574 GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: “you need to learn what the law really says.” or “let me tell you what the law really says.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
575 GAL 4 24 k5qu ἀλληγορούμενα 1 as an allegory An **allegory** is a historical event that represents something else. In Paul’s allegory, the two women referred to in [Galatians 4:22](../04/22.md) represent two different covenants.
578 GAL 4 25 u1cc συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents Alternate translation: “represents” or “is similar”.
579 GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει…μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
580 GAL 4 27 jql2 εὐφράνθητι 1 Rejoice Alternate translation: “Be happy”.
581 GAL 4 28 ad75 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
582 GAL 4 28 ct63 ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Here, **children of promise** could refer to: (1) Abraham’s children (2) God’s children.
583 GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This refers to how Abraham became Ishmael’s father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: “by means of human action” or “the natural way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
584 GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 according to the Spirit Here, **according to Spirit** means Isaac was born in a supernatural way, through the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “because of the Spirit” or “because of the work of the Spirit”
585 GAL 4 29 jff1 Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit.
586 GAL 4 31 sy8u figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
587 GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
588 GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory of the two women to remind believers that the are free from having to obey the law.
589 GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free **For freedom Christ set us free** implies that Christ sets believers free from the law and that they are not obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free from the law so that we might live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
608 GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 is troubling you Alternate translation: “is causing you to be uncertain about the truth” or “stirs up trouble among you”
609 GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he is This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether they are important or influential.
610 GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-hypo ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize the fact that people are persecuting him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
611 GAL 5 11 nv5x figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md), [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md), [Galatians 4:12](../04/12.md). See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
612 GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross has no stumbling block” or “there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
613 GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a stumbling block represents something that causes people to sin. In this case the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed” or “there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
614 GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This could be: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
615 GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
616 GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” or “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
617 GAL 5 13 yp6r figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
618 GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The word *flesh** refers to the part of human nature that does not submit to God. This word sums up the impelling motive of the natural man, and is the moral bias of the man who is not ruled by the Holy Spirit. The relationship between **opportunity** and **the flesh** can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” or “an opportunity to follow the evil desires of your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The word *flesh** refers to the part of human nature that does not submit to God. This word sums up the impelling motive of the natural man, and is the moral bias of the man who is not ruled by the Holy Spirit. The relationship between **opportunity** and **the flesh** can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” or “an opportunity to follow the evil desires of your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
619 GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command This could mean: (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment” (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments”
620 GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words **your** and **yourself** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
651 GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if **the flesh** were a person that they **have crucified**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
652 GAL 5 24 e347 figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 See how you translated **the flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
653 GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 These phrases refer specifically to the **passions** and **desires** of **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its passion and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
654 GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting gently, and controlling oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what it is passionate about and what it desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
655 GAL 5 25 h9hd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι εἰ 1 If we live by the Spirit Alternate translation: “Since God’s Spirit has caused us to be alive” Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
656 GAL 5 25 sq7b xvcl figs-metaphor figs-activepassive Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 walk by the Spirit Here, **walk** is a metaphor for how a person lives. Alternate translation: “then we should allow the Holy Spirit to guide how we live” or “let us follow the Holy Spirit in every part of our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit causes us to be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
657 GAL 6 5 intro 25 bv8h ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 0 1 # Galatians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.<br><br>### Brothers<br>Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New Creation<br><br>People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) Here, **live** refers to a Christian’s spirit being alive, which will result in a person living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
658 GAL 6 5 1 25 x8zg sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν\n 0 1 Connecting Statement: walk by the Spirit Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards someone who is faithful. See how you translated **walk by the Spirit** in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
659 GAL 6 1 intro ss7l bv8h figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 0 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “Fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) # Galatians 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.\n\n### Brothers\nPaul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### New Creation\n\nPeople who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Flesh\n\nThis is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
660 GAL 6 1 vm8f ss7l figs-gendernotations ἐὰν…ἄνθρωπος ἀδελφοί 1 if someone Brothers Alternate translation: “if anyone among you” or “if one of you” See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
661 GAL 6 1 vts8 vm8f figs-genericnoun ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone is caught in any trespass if someone This could mean: (1) a fellow believers catches the person committing a sin. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” (2) a sin overcomes a person so that they sin. Alternate translation: “if someone among you sins” or “if someone is led astray to sin” Here, “a man” does not refer to a particular man, but to any believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone among you” or “one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
662 GAL 6 1 t4rm vts8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 you who are spiritual if someone is caught in any trespass Alternate translation: “those of you who are guided by the Spirit” or “you who submit to the Spirit” This could refer to: (1) a believer catching another believer committing a sin. Alternate translation: “a man is discovered while committing any trespass” (2) a person who is overcome by temptation so that they sin. Alternate translation: “a man is overwhelmed by temptation and commits any trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
663 GAL 6 1 hdj8 xmbm figs-abstractnouns καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 restore him Alternate translation: “exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God” or “you should humbly help bring that person to the right path” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespass**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “tresspassing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
664 GAL 6 1 tr5r t4rm figs-explicit ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 in a spirit of gentleness you who are spiritual This could refer to: (1) the person’s attitude and disposition. Alternate translation: “with an attitude of gentleness” or “in a kind way” (2) the Holy Spirit who is characterized by gentleness is directing the one offering correction. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit of gentleness” or “by following the Holy Spirit who is gentle” This phrase refers to spiritually immature believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually mature ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
665 GAL 6 1 rrg9 tr5r figs-yousingular figs-possession σκοπῶν σεαυτόν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 Be concerned about yourself in a spirit of gentleness These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: “Be concerned about yourselves” or “I say to each one of you, ‘Be careful for yourself’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **gentleness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a gentle spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
666 GAL 6 1 ljx6 zudd figs-activepassive figs-explicit μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς πνεύματι 1 so you also may not be tempted in a spirit of gentleness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you are tempted and also sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or emotional state. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
667 GAL 6 2 1 m6jz jrve ἀναπληρώσετε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ σκοπῶν 1 Here, **the law of Christ** does not refer to a set of rules, but most likely to the Messiah’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../1jn/13/34). It involves submission to the person of Jesus and not to a code or list of commandments. This is similar to Paul’s statement that the law can be summarized by loving one another in [Galatians 5:14]. Alternate translation: “paying careful attention to” or “looking out for”
668 GAL 6 3 1 v6ts rrg9 figs-youcrowd εἰ γὰρ σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 For if Be concerned about yourself **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christians readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
669 GAL 6 3 1 m4wk ljx6 figs-activepassive εἶναί τι μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 he is something so you also may not be tempted Alternate translation: “he is better than others” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lest that person’s sin tempts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
670 GAL 6 3 2 zz1g l0mz figs-metaphor μηδὲν ὤν ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 he is nothing Alternate translation: “he is not better than others” Paul speaks of the spiritual struggles of immature believers as if they were **burdens** that a person could **carry**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help one another overcome spiritual weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
671 GAL 6 5 2 ee8v jfh0 figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burdens**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
672 GAL 6 7 2 x5pi i7bf figs-metaphor figs-idiom ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει ἀναπληρώσετε 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **fulfill** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will fully obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
673 GAL 6 7 2 gii9 m6jz figs-gendernotations figs-explicit ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Here, **the law of Christ** refers to Christ’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
674 GAL 6 3 v6ts grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For if **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
675 GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖ…φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτόν 1 Although the words **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
676 GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
677 GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
678 GAL 6 4 wo1z figs-123person τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος, καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον τὸ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let each one of you examine your own work, and then you will have reason to boast in yourself and not in someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
679 GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
680 GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ…τὸ καύχημα ἕξει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **work** and **reason**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he does himself … he can reasonably boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
681 GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸν…εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
682 GAL 6 5 euhw grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
683 GAL 6 5 ee8v figs-metaphor τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The phrase **carry his own burden** could mean: (1) people have their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) people are responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
684 GAL 6 5 hwxg figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον 1 each one will carry his own load If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burden**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
685 GAL 6 6 ggkk figs-123person κοινωνείτω…ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον, τῷ κατηχοῦντι, ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let you who are being taught the word share in all good {things} with the one who is teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
686 GAL 6 6 irxx figs-activepassive ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom someone is teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
687 GAL 6 6 c1rs figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **the word** refers to what God had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
688 GAL 6 6 n26e figs-euphemism ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 Here, **all good things** is a polite way of referring to material possessions, including money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “in all that one possesses” or “in all possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n
689 GAL 6 7 o9sk figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε, Θεὸς οὐ μυκτηρίζεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves. No one can mock God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
690 GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 Although **man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person … that the person will also reap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
691 GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ…ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** refers to doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing those results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of the seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever they do” or “everyone receives the results of whatever they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
692 GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the person who continually does deeds following the evil desires of their heart” or “the person who does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature” or “the person who does what pleases his sinful self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
693 GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-metaphor θερίσει φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction Here, **destruction** refers to God punishing the person as if the person were harvesting a crop. Alternate translation: “will receive punishment for what he did” or “he will harvest death” or “he will harvest punishment that is forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
694 GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 plants seed to the Spirit Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to the Spirit** refers to a person who does good actions because he is obeying and following God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the person who does the things God’s Spirit loves” or “the person who lives to please the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706 GAL 6 16 b4al τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God This could refer to: (1) believers in general are the Israel of God (2) Jewish believers are the Israel of God (3) the Jews in general are the Israel of God
707 GAL 6 17 cz8a κόπους μοι 1 trouble me This means Paul does not want the Galatian believers to doubt his authority or continue to cause him trouble by following teachers who demand them to become circumcised.
708 GAL 6 17 j729 ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus Here, **the marks** were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus”
709 GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])